Lesson 1. Definition of Real Number System
Lesson 1. Definition of Real Number System
MATH 102
Introduction
General Objectives
Lesson 1. DEFINITIONS
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
B. Topic Content
Activity 1
Describe Me
Directions: Examine on the next page and then, answer the questions that follow.
Write your responses in another sheet of paper/s and submit this online/offline.
Source: https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2Fptop.only.wip.la%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.slideserve.com%2Flucian%2Fthe-real-
number-system&psig=AOvVaw2RLuXboHD32wAVYeks5k6f&ust=1598317252000000&source=images&cd
=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCKCeg5DSsusCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAD
Questions:
1. Say something about the following terms:
a. Real Numbers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
b. Rational Numbers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
c. Irrational Numbers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 4
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
d. Integers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
e. Whole Numbers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
f. Natural Numbers
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
g. Terminating Decimals
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
h. Repeating Decimals
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
i. Non-terminating and Non-repeating Decimals
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
3. As future educator, what is/are the usage of the definitions of the terms related
to the real number system?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Let’s now deepen our understanding of the definitions of the terms related to
the real number system.
Mathematical Concepts:
Real Numbers ( ). These numbers are composed of sets of all the rational
and irrational numbers. It evolves over time by expanding the notion of what
we mean by the word ―number‖. It has five subsets namely: Rational numbers
( ); Integers (Z); Whole Numbers (W); Natural Numbers (N); and Irrational
Numbers (IR). Examples: -2, 0, 3.5, √ ,
Rational Numbers (Q). It is a subset of real numbers that refer to all numbers
a
of the form , where a and b are integers (but b cannot be zero). It includes
b
fractions but the denominator must not be zero. This includes natural numbers,
whole numbers, integers, terminating decimals, and repeating decimals. In
symbols, x / x . Examples: 12, 0, -23, , 12.56, 80.166666…
2
5
Irrational Numbers (IR). It is a subset of real numbers that refer to all
numbers that cannot be expressed as a ratio of integers and as decimals, they
never repeat or terminate. This includes non-repeating and non-terminating
decimals. Examples: 2 ,0.31234567 ..., , e
Whole Numbers (W). These numbers are composed of the set of natural
numbers and zero. It is also a subset of rational numbers and of integers. In
symbols, W 0,1,2,3, .... Examples: 0, 1, 2, …
C. Enrichment Activity
Activity 2
Classify Me
Directions: Copy the table below and classify the given number by checking the
appropriate classification column. Then, answer the questions that follow. Submit
your work online/offline.
Given Non- Repeatin Terminatin Natural Whole Intege Fractio Rationa Irrationa
Number terminatin g g Decimal Numbe Numbe r n l l
g, non- Decimal r r Numbe Number
repeating r
Decimal
Example ✓ ✓ ✓
2
:
3
1. -23
2.
3.0123
…
3. 12.08
4. 25
11
5.
5
3
6. 2
7
7. -
2.3333
8.
0.00021
9.
211.11
…
10.
5
225
Questions:
1. How will you classify numbers? Discuss your way/s of classifying numbers.
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
2. What benefit/s will you get if you know how to classify numbers?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
3. What insight/s did you get from doing the two activities?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Rubric:
For classification, write minus wrong scheme will be used.
For each process question:
Content ---------------------------------- 3 points
Organization, Clarity, and Spelling - 2 points
Total -------------------------------------- 5 points
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 1
A. Directions: Copy the given table and classify the given number by checking
the appropriate classification column. Submit your output online or offline
(Write minus Wrong).
Given Number Non- Repeatin Terminatin Natural Whole Intege Fractio Rationa Irrationa
terminating g g Decimal Numbe Numbe r n l l
, non- Decimal r r Numbe Number
repeating r
Decimal
2
1. e
2. 2.45
3. -11.256
4. 32
11
5.
5
4
6. 21
5
7. 300.345
8.
0.101101101
…
9. -34.67
10. 3
225
B. Find out if the cube, fourth and nth root of any number that is not a
perfect cube, perfect fourth or perfect nth will result to a non-terminating,
non-repeating decimal. Make a conjecture/s about these.
Rubric:
Accuracy of Data and Conjectures -------------------- 20 points
Organization, Clarity, and Spelling ------------------- 10 points
Total -------------------------------------------------------- 30 points
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
a. If x b & 4 b , then x 4 .
b. ab 2b 2 & 2b 2 100 , then ab 100 .
4. If a b & 2b c, then 2a c because of Substitution Axiom. This means
that we can substitute one quantity with the quantity that is equal to itself.
Examples:
a. If a 2 2b & a 2 , then 2 2
2b .
b. If 2 x 2 4 y & x y, then 2 y 2 4 y .
C. Enrichment Activity
Activity 1
Match Me
Directions: Copy the given in your answer sheet and match the corresponding axiom
to its illustration by connecting the dot in Column A with the corresponding dot in
Column B. Then answer the questions that follow. Write your answer in a separate
sheet of paper/s and submit this online/offline. For Online Class, upload your work in
our Google classroom in PDF format.
Column A Column B
Closure Axiom for Addition 1 (2 3) (1 2) 3
Associative Axiom for Addition 2+3=5
Commutative Axiom for Addition 223 + 0 = 223
Identity Axiom for Addition 3 + (-3) = 0
Axiom of Additive Inverses 1 (2 3) 1 (3 2)
Closure Axiom for Multiplication 1(2)(3) 3(2)(1)
Associative Axiom for Multiplication 1(2 3) 1(2) 1(3)
Commutative Axiom for Multiplication 33(1) 33
Identity Axiom for Multiplication 1(2)(3) 6
1
Axiom of Multiplicative Inverses (2) 1
2
Distributive Axiom 1(2 3) (1 2)(3)
Questions:
1. How did you find the activity?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 2
Directions: Copy and answer the following items and write your answer after each
item. Submit your work online/offline. Point system will be used.
1. Tell what axiom of real numbers that justifies each of the following
statements:
a. 3 (x + y) = 3x + 3y __________________________
b. 4 (10 3) (4 10) 3 __________________________
c. (x + 2) + 4 = x + (2 + 4) __________________________
d. (x – 1) (x + 5) = x (x + 5) + (-1) (x + 5) __________________________
e. (3y2 - 4) + (4y2 +4) = 3y2 + (-4 + 4y2) + 4__________________________
f. = 3y2 + (4y2 – 4) + 4__________________________
g. = (3y2 + 4y2) + (-4 + 4)________________________
h. = 7y2 + (-4 + 4) __________________________
2
i. = 7y + 0 __________________________
2
j. = 7y __________________________
2. Supply the appropriate axiom that justifies each of the statements to complete
the following proofs:
a. Prove that x y x 2 2 xy y 2 .
2
Proof:
1. x y 2 ( x y)( x y) ___________________
2. = xx y y( x y) ___________________
3. = x( x) x( y) y( x) y( y) _________________
4. = x 2 xy xy y 2 ___________________
5. = x 2 xy y
2 2
___________________
6. x y
2
x 2 xy y
2 2
___________________
a c ad bc
b. Prove: where b, d 0
b d bd
Proof:
a c a c
1.
b d b d ___________________
a c
2. = 1 1
b d ___________________
a d c b
3. =
b d d b ___________________
ad bc
4. =
bd bd ___________________
ad bc
5. =
bd ___________________
a c ad bc
6.
b d bd ___________________
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
Activity 1
Properties of Real Numbers
Directions: Read and understand the reading materials below and answer the
questions that follow. Use separate sheets of paper as your answer sheets and have a
copy of your output before you upload your work in our Google classroom (for online
class) or submit your output through your parent (for offline class). Indicate the date
of submission and your name.
Properties of Real Numbers
The set of real numbers is a field because we can perform two operations,
addition and multiplication that satisfy closure, commutativity, associativity,
distributive property, existence of identity, and existence of inverses.
Order Axiom. In the set of real numbers, there exists a subset called the set of
positive numbers such that:
i. If r is a real number, then exactly one of the following holds TRUE:
r = 0, r > 0, -r > 0;
Examples:
1. If r = 8, then 8 > 0.
2. If r = 0, then 0 = 0.
3. If r = -8, then –(-8) > 0.
ii. The sum of two positive numbers is positive; and
Examples:
1. If a > 0 and b > 0, then a + b > 0.
2. 2 + 4 > 0.
3. If x > y > 0, then x + y > 0.
Note: Because of the order axiom, the set of real numbers is an ordered field. The
additive inverses of the elements of the set of positive numbers are the negative
numbers.
For x – y = 0.
x–y=0 Given
x–y+y=0+y Addition Property of Equality (APE)
x + (-y + y) = 0 + y Associative
x+0=0+y Additive Inverse
x=y Identity Property
For x - y > 0.
x – y >0 Given
x>y x > y if and only if x – y > 0 (Definition 2)
For x – y < 0.
x–y<0 Given
x<y x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
Examples:
1. Given the real numbers 4 and -2, 4 > -2 or -2 < 4.
2. If c and d are real numbers, then c = d, c > d, or c < d.
Proof:
Since x < y, we have y – x > 0 by the previous definition (Definition 2).
Statement Reason
i. y–x>0 x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
y – x = (y + c) – (x + c) Rewriting y – x
(y + c) – (x + c) > 0 Substitution
y+ c > x + c or x+c < y +c x < y if and only if y – x > 0
(Definition 2)
Examples:
1. If x > -1, then x +1 > 0.
2. If 5 + d < -2, then d < -7.
3. If x > -1, then 2x > -2.
4. If x > -1, then -2x < 2.
Examples:
1. If 2 > x and x> f, then 2 > f.
2. If y < 4 and 4 < m, then y < m.
Questions:
1. Why do we call real numbers as (a) a field axiom? and (b) an ordered axiom?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
4. Explain why the arguments below are false. Give specific example to illustrate
your point.
a. If x > y, and x > z, then y > z.
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
b. If x < y, then 3xd > 3yd.
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
5. As future educator, what is/are the usage of the properties of real numbers?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Let’s now deepen our understanding on how we can apply the properties of real
numbers in writing a complete proof for a given proposition or theorem. Let’s do the
next activity.
C. Enrichment Activity/Drill
Activity 2
Supply Me!
Directions: Given the illustrations in proving propositions/theorems, supply the
missing information to complete the entire proofs. Copy each proof in a separate sheet
of paper and write your responses in the corresponding blank. Also, answer the
questions that follow. This is a continuation of your output in this lesson. Make sure to
have your own copy in your e-portfolio before you upload this in our Google
classroom (for online class) or to submit your work in school (for offline class).
Illustration 1. Let x & y be real factors with x > y > 0. Prove that x (2x + y) > y2.
Plan: We need to find the factors of x (2x + y) – y2 and use these in proving
this proposition. That is,
x (2x + y) – y2 = 2x2 +xy – y2
= (x + y) (2x – y)
Proof:
x > y ; x > 0; y > 0 Given
x+y>0 ______________________________
2x > y Order Axiom
2x – y > 0 ______________________________
(x + y) (2x – y) > 0 ______________________________
______________________ FOIL Method/Distributive Property
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 20
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Illustration 2. Let x & y be real numbers such that x < y < 1. Prove that x + xy < x2 +
y.
Plan: We need to get the factors of x + xy - x2 - y and use these factors to
prove that x + xy < x2 + y. That is,
x + xy - x2 – y = (x – x2) + (xy – y)
= -x (x – 1) + y (x – 1)
= (x – 1) (y – x)
Proof:
x < y; x < 1; y < 1 ________________________
y – x > 0; 1 – x > 0 ________________________
(1 – x) (y – x) > 0 ________________________
____________________ FOIL Method/Distributive Property
2
-y + x + xy – x < 0 ________________________
2 2 2
-y + y + x + xy – x + x < 0 + y + x _______________________
__________________________ Additive Inverse
2
x + xy < y + x ________________________
________________________ Commutative Property
Illustration 3. Let x & y be positive numbers. Prove that x y if and only if x2 y2.
Plan: We need to find the factors of x2 – y2 and use these factors in proving
that x y if and only if x2 y2. That is, x2 – y2 = (x + y) (x – y)
Proof 1:
x > 0; y > 0 ________________________
Suppose x y, then y – x 0 ________________________
x+y>0 ________________________
y+x>0 ________________________
(y – x ) (y + x) > 0 ________________________
y2 – x2 > 0 ________________________
_____________________ ________________________
Proof 2:
x > 0; y > 0 ________________________
Suppose x2 y2 Hypothesis
y2 – x2 0 ________________________
(y + x) (y – x) 0 ________________________
____ (y + x) (y - x) _____(0) MPI
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 21
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
1
1 (y – x) (0) ________________________
y x
1
y–x (0) ________________________
y x
y–x 0 ________________________
x y ________________________
Proof:
Suppose there is a real number b such that b2 + 1 = 0 (Contradicting the
proposition). Then,
b2 + 1 = 0 Given
b2 + 1 + (-1) = 0 + (-1) ________________________
b2 + 0 = 0 + (-1) ________________________
2
b = -1 ________________________
But b2 = -1 contradicts the theorem which states that if x is any real number,
then x2 0. Thus, our assumption must be false and accept that there is NO real
number b such that b2 + 1 = 0.
Illustration 5. Prove the Arithmetic Mean – Geometric Mean Inequality (AM – GM)
Theorem which states that: The geometric mean of two non-negative numbers is less
than or equal to their arithmetic mean.
x y
Plan: We let x & y be the non-negative numbers and prove that xy .
2
From this, we need to find the factors of 2 xy x y and use these to prove that
x y
xy . That is,
2
2 xy x y x 2 xy y
x y
2
Proof:
Let x & y be the non-negative real numbers.
x 0; y 0 Given
x 0; y 0 ______________________
_________________ Definition of Square Roots
x y 2
0 If x is any real number, then
x2 0
1 xy 1 x y ______________________
2
xy x y
1
______________________
2
x y
xy ______________________
2
Illustration 6. Prove that the sum of a positive number and its reciprocal is always at
least 2.
Plan: We let x be any real number and use AM – GM Inequality Theorem to
prove this proposition.
Proof:
1
x
1 x
x AM – GM Inequality Theorem
x 2
1
x
1 x ________________________
2
___________________ Definition of Square Root
1
x
1(2) x 2 ________________________
2
___________________ Identity Property
1
2 x 1 ________________________
x
___________________ Identity Property
1
x 2 ________________________
x
Proof:
x > 0; y > 0; z > 0 ________________________
xy + yz + xz = 1 x+y+z>0
________________________ (x + y + z)2 0
________________________ x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xy + 2yz + 2xz
________________________
(x + y + z)2 2xy + 2yz + 2xz The whole is greater than its
part.
(x + y + z)2 2(xy + yz + xz) ________________________
(x + y + z)2 2(1) ________________________
_________________________ Identity Property
x y z 2 ________________________
Questions:
1. How did you supply the missing statement or reason of this activity?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
__________________________________________
2. In your own observation, how would we write a complete proof for a given
proposition/theorem? Elaborate your answer.
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
3. Based from this activity, how important are the axioms, definitions, theorems,
and properties of real numbers in writing a complete proof for a certain
proposition/theorem?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Exercises 3
Directions: Prove the given statements. Assume that all variables take on real values.
Write your complete proof in another sheet of paper and upload your responses in our
Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio.
1. If 0 < x < 1, then x2 < x.
2. If x < -1, then x2 + x > 0.
1 1
3. Let a & b be positive numbers. If x > a and y > b, then .
xy ab
x y
4. If x < y, then x y.
2
5. If a, b, x, y > 0, x2 + y2 = 1, and a2 + b2 = 1, then ax + by 1. (Taken from the
book Precalculus by Cabral, et. al., 2010)
Rubric:
Elegance and Accuracy of Proof -------------------------- 10 points
Organization and Clarity ----------------------------------- 5 points
Total ----------------------------------------------------------- 15 points
Content (Statements are clearly supported with examples from the cited resources.
Insightful connections are made between the statement and resources.) ------10 points
Organization and Structure (Each paragraph flows to the next paragraph using
transitions. Paragraphs follow a logical order. Ideas are logically separated into
paragraphs. No errors in punctuation and spelling.) ------------------------ 3 points
Introduction
General Objectives
A. Specific Objectives
In this lesson, we are going to familiarize ourselves with the different grouping
symbols that are usually use in mathematical phrase or sentence, identify related terms
in algebraic expressions, differentiate coefficient from a constant and algebraic
expression from equation, translate English phrase into Mathematical phrase and vice
versa, and evaluate algebraic expressions.
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start reading this material, then do the
activities, and learn from it.
Questions:
1. What can you say about the picture below?
Source: https://smartclass4kids.com/order-of-operations/
2. What comes into your mind as you see the picture or hear the word
PEMDAS?
3. What grouping symbol do you see in the figure?
If you can answer the questions above, then you are ready for the next journey.
Just continue reading and learn while you read this module. This time, you need to do
the activity 1.
Activity 1
For Me!
Directions: Just recall what you had learned on algebra from your previous grade
levels. Then, complete the statements below. Write your answer in a piece of paper or
document and submit your work online or offline. For online submission, just upload
your work in our assignment section at our Google Classroom. For offline submission,
just submit your work in accordance to the standard protocol set by the University and
parents/guardians.
Great Job!
Mathematical Concepts
There are three common types of grouping symbols—parentheses ( ), brackets
[ ], and braces { }. These are used to group numbers or variables (letters). The
most commonly used grouping symbols are parentheses. Operations inside
parentheses can be done before any other operations in order to simplify the
problem.
Example 1. (2 + 5)(3 + 4).
Brackets and braces are less commonly used grouping symbols and should be
used after parentheses. Parentheses are to be used first, then brackets, and then
braces: { [ ( ) ] }. Sometimes, instead of brackets or braces, you will see the
use of larger parentheses.
Example 2. 2 4 54 2 20 2 5 5 20
Example 2. Simplify 2 4 542 20 25 5 20
Solution:
* , ( ) - ( )+ Given
= * , ( ) - ( )+ Evaluating Innermost
Parenthesis and Exponent
=* , - ( )+ Evaluating Innermost
Parentheses (Multiplication and
Subtraction)
=* , - ( )+ Division
= * , - ( )+ Subtraction/Addition
=* ( )+ Multiplication
= 49 Addition
Example 2. Simplify 2 x 4 2 2 x 1 5 x 23x 1 10 x y
Solution:
2 x 4 2 2 x 1 5x 23x 1 10 x y Given
= 2x162 x 1 5x 23x 1 10 x y Innermost Exponent
= 2x32 x 16 5x 6x 2 10 x y Innermost
Parentheses and Multiplication
= 64 x 2 32 x 10 x 2 6 x 2 10 x y Innermost
Parentheses and
Multiplication
= 74 x 2 28 x y 2 Addition
Solution 2:
Given
= Division
= Multiplication
=6 Addition/Subtraction
Constant Term is a term with a number only (without variable). It is fixed and
it could not be changed. Example: In 3m + 2n – 6, -6 is a constant term.
Equation is an algebraic expression with equal (=) sign. It shows that the
quantity on the left hand side has the same value on the right hand side.
Examples: 4x – 12 = 0, a = 6, 2c2 – c = -2.
Examples:
1. Twice a number is 5.
Answer: 2b = 5 (We use b as a number)
3. The square root of the reciprocal of a number is five time the number.
1 1
Answer: 5x (We use x as a number. Its reciprocal is )
x x
Examples:
1. 3xy 2
Answers: Thrice the product of two distinct numbers less two.
Three times the product of x and y minus two.
2
b
2. 2c 1 bc 3
4c
Answer: The difference of the square of a number b divided by 4 times a
number c and twice a number c plus one is equal to the product of a
number b times the cube of a number c.
Key Words for Addition: Plus, More, More than, Added to, Sum, Total,
Increased by, Combined with
Key Words for Subtraction: Minus, Less, Less than, Subtracted from,
Difference, Decreased by, Take away
Key Words for Division: Quotient, Divided by, Over, All over
* , ( ) - ( )+ Given Outermost GS
(Braces)
=* ( ), - ( )+ Substitution
=* , - ( )+ Multiplication
=* ( )+ Multiplication
=* + Addition
* , ( ) - ( )+ Given
=* + ( ) ( ) Substitution
= ( ) Multiplication
= Division
= Addition
2. { , ( )( )- }
Solution:
( )( ) Given Innermost Grouping Symbols (Parentheses)
= ( ( ) )( ( )( ) ( ) ) Substitution
= ( ( ))( ( )( ) ( )) Exponent
= ( )( ( )) Multiplication
= ( )( ) Addition in the Innermost Parentheses
= Multiplication
{ , ( )( )- } Given
( )
={ ( ) ( ), ( ) ( )- ( )( )
} Substitution
( )
={ ( ) ( ), ( ) ( )- } Exponent
( )( )
={ ( ), - } Multiplication
={ ( ), - } Addition
={ ( ) } Multiplication
={ } Addition
= Addition
C. Drill
Directions: Answer each question briefly. Do not copy the questions. Show your
solution if needed in your answer sheets (piece of paper).
1. What are the grouping symbols involve in the algebraic expression:
ab 3 4a 5b 2 a b 2 ?
2. Simplify the expression x 2 46 17 2 if x = 7.
3. Identify the leading term, leading coefficient, degree, and constant term of the
expression 4a 2 2ab 3 4a 1 .
4. Classify the polynomial 4a 2 2ab 3 4a 1 .
5. Translate 4a 2 2ab 3 4a 1 into English phrase.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 4
Part 2.
Directions: Simplify the given expression. Use a piece of paper for your complete
solution.
1. 2 512 8 25 3 3 20
2. 2 x32 x 4 y 5 4 x 2 5 y
Part 3. Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants by copying the template below
in your answer sheet and then, supply the needed information per column.
Algebraic Numerical Literal Coefficient Constant
Expression Coefficient
1. 2a - 6b + 4
2. 4x - 2y
3. 3. - 32
Part 4. Classify the following polynomials. Write your answer only in your answer
sheet.
1. 12a - 6b + 4
2. 4x - 2y
3. - 32
4. 3x2 +4x -2y + 2
5. 2 x32 x 4 y 5 4 x 2 5 y
Part 6. Evaluate the following. Show your complete solution in your answer sheet.
1. 3x2 +4x -2y + 2 ; x = -5; y = 3
2. 2 x32 x 4 y 5 4 x 2 5 y ; x = - 3, - 3, y =
Rubrics (per item for Parts 1 - 6):
Part 7. Directions: Discuss the following. Write your discussion in your answer
sheet. You may copy the questions if you want. (Rubrics: Accuracy of ideas – 3
points and Organization – 2 points).
1. How to simplify algebraic expression with grouping symbols?
2. How a constant differ from coefficient?
3. All equations are algebraic expressions but NOT all algebraic expressions are
equations.
A. Specific Objectives
In this lesson, we are going to recall the rules of adding signed numbers, identify
like and unlike terms, add algebraic expressions, and identify situation where addition
of algebraic expressions is applied.
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start doing the following activities, and learn
from it. (Be sure to answer the activity and submit your output to your professor).
Activity 1
Together Again!
Directions: Add the following signed numbers either in vertical or horizontal method.
Do not use calculator. Show your complete solution and answer the guide questions
that follow in your paper.
1. +3, +2, +12, -3, -13, -16
2. -21, 44, +33, -100
3. 22, -3, 0, 192, -232
4. -22, -2, -19, +23, +11
5. -34, +23, +111, -234, -54
Guide Questions:
1. How did you add signed numbers?
2. How will you state the rules in adding signed numbers?
3. Where did you encounter adding of signed numbers? State at least two
situations.
Great Job!
Since you are reminded with the rules in adding signed numbers, let us recall
the concept of like terms or similar terms and unlike terms or dissimilar terms.
Let us do the next activity.
Activity 2
Put Us Together!
Directions: Given the terms of algebraic expressions, put together all the like or
similar terms on the table below and then, answer the guide questions that follow.
Terms: 2x, 3, -4x2y, -12y, 23, -13y2, 2x2y, -7xy2, 3x, -2x2y, -11y2, 22y, 4xy2
Like or Similar Terms Like or Similar Terms
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
Guide Questions:
1. How do you define like or similar terms?
2. What makes the terms 2x2y and -7xy2 unlike or dissimilar?
3. How do you define dissimilar terms?
4. Can you combine like terms? Why or why not?
5. Can you add unlike terms? Why or why not?
Good Job!
Mathematical Concepts
Case 2. Adding Unlike Signed Integers: Subtract the absolute values of the two
addends and copy the sign of the addend with greater absolute value. (Note:
We can do this by using 2 addends only).
Examples: 1. +12 + (- 30) = - 18 2. -23 + 45 = 22
Special Case. Adding several signed numbers: First, combine all positive
numbers and combine all negative numbers. Then, apply Case 2 to add the
sums of positive and negative numbers.
Example: Add: 12, -2, 4, +32, -21, -3, +23, 33, -45, and 3
Solution:
Add all positive numbers: 12 + 4 + 32 + 23 + 33 + 3 = 107
Add all negative numbers: -2 + (-21) + (-3) + (-45) = -71
Then, add 107 and (-71): 107 + (-71) = 36.
Like Terms (Similar Terms) are two or more terms that are having the same
variables with the same exponents.
Examples: 3x and 5x; 23 x 2 yz & 4 x 2 yz ; 34cd 3 , 6cd 3 ,&0.23cd 3
Unlike Terms (Dissimilar Terms) are two or more terms that contains at least
one term with different variable or same variable with different exponent.
Examples: 3x and 5y; 23 x 2 yz & 4 xyz ; 34d 3 , 6cd 3 ,&0.23cd 3
Example 1. 5x + 3y - 6x + 4y + 3z
Solution:
5x + 3y
+ -6x + 4y + 3z
-x + 7y + 3z
Question/Reflection Section:
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
C. Drill
Directions: Answer the following completely. Write your answer in a piece of paper.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 5
A. Directions: Make a reflective essay on addition of algebraic expressions.
Write your reflective essay in an A4 or short coupon bond and use the
following guide questions in developing your essay:
1. How do you define the process of addition of algebraic expressions?
2. How will you identify similar terms?
3. How will you add algebraic expressions?
4. What are the benefits of knowing how to add algebraic expressions?
5. As future math educator, how will you teach addition of algebraic
expressions?
A. Specific Objectives
In this lesson, we are going to recall the rules of subtracting signed numbers,
subtract algebraic expressions, and identify situation where subtraction of algebraic
expressions is applied.
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start doing the following activities, and learn
from it. (Be sure to answer the activity and submit your output to your professor).
Activity 1
Taking Away!
Directions: Subtract the following signed numbers either in vertical or horizontal
method. Do not use calculator. Show your complete solution and answer the guide
questions that follow. Use a piece of paper or coupon bond as your answer sheets.
1. Take -34 from 24.
2. Take the difference of 345 and – 235.
3. Take the sum of 22 and -232 away from the difference of -23 and 350.
4. Take away the difference of 111 and -234 from the sum of 124 and -119.
Guide Questions:
1. How did you subtract signed numbers?
2. How will you state the rules in subtracting signed numbers?
3. How did you answer items 3 and 4 above?
4. Where did you encounter subtracting of signed numbers? State at least two
situations.
5. What insight did you get from this activity?
Amazing!
Since you are reminded with the rules in subtracting signed numbers, Let us
discuss how to subtract algebraic expressions.
Consider the algebraic expressions 2 xy 4 x 4 y 2 and xy 14 x 3 y 5 . If
we are going to subtract these expressions using vertical method, we need to write
these expressions in an aligned position with respect to like terms and subtract from
the leftmost to the rightmost using the rules of subtracting signed numbers that is, we
need to change the sign of the subtrahend and proceed to addition.
2 xy 4 x 4 y 2 Minuend 2 xy 4 x 4 y 2
- xy 14 x 3 y 5 Subtrahend + xy 14 x 3 y 5
Difference xy 18 x 7 y 7
Always remember that we can subtract like terms only. If we use horizontal
method, we will write the given into this form: 2 xy 4 x 4 y 2 -
xy 14 x 3 y 5 and subtract the similar terms. The similar terms are 4 sets namely:
2xy & xy, -4x & +14x, +4y & -3y, and -2 & +5. Thus,
2xy 4x 4 y 2 xy 14 x 3 y 5 = 2 xy xy 4 x 14 x 4 y 3 y 2 5
= xy 18 x 7 y 7
Mathematical Concepts
Rules in Subtracting Signed Numbers: Change the sign of the subtrahend and
proceed to the rule of addition.
C. Drill
Directions: Answer the following completely. Use A4 or short coupon bonds as
your answer sheets.
1. Subtract the sum of -2x and 4x + 12 from the difference of (3x – 2) – (10 –
10x).
5. The square of a number x plus 5 is taken from twice the square of the same
number x. What is the difference?
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 6
Part 1. Solve the following problems completely. Use any clean paper as your answer
sheet.
4. The sum of two expressions is 3x2 + 2xy – y2. If one of them is 2x2 + 3y2, find
the other.
5. From the sum of 4b2 + 5bc, -2b2 – 2bc – 2z2 and 2bc + 4c2, subtract the sum of
5b2 – c2 and -3b2 + 2bc + c2.
10. Subtract 2a2b – 3b2 from 3a2 – 5ab2 + 2b2 and subtract your result from the
sum of the two expressions 3ab2 + 5b2 – 2a2b and a2b + 5a2 – 3ab2.
Rubric:
Authenticity and Clarity of Situations/Problems ---------------------- 15 points
Feasibility and Organization ---------------------------------------------- 10 points
Reliability (Citation) ------------------------------------------------------- 5 points
Total ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 points
A. Specific Objectives
In this lesson, we are going to recall the rules of multiplying signed numbers,
multiply algebraic expressions, and identify situation where multiplication of
algebraic expressions is applied.
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start doing the following activities, and learn from
it. (Be sure to answer the activity and submit your output to your professor).
Activity 1
Let’s Multiply!
Directions: Multiply the following signed numbers. Do not use calculator. Show your
complete solution and answer the guide questions that follow in any paper as your
answer sheet.
1. 2, 3, 5, 10
2. -4, -5, - 3, -6
3. 2, -3, 4, -5, -10, -30
4. -3, -4, +30, 10, -11
5. +11, -20, -3, -5, -2, -1
Guide Questions:
1. How did you multiply signed numbers?
2. What is the sign of the product of integers with odd number of negative signed
numbers?
3. What is the sign of the product of integers with even number of negative
signed numbers?
4. How will you state the rules in multiplying two signed numbers? How about in
multiplying more than 2 signed numbers?
5. Where did you encounter multiplication of signed numbers? State at least two
situations.
6. What insight did you get from this activity?
Amazing!
Since you are reminded with the rules in multiplying signed numbers, let us
discuss how to multiply algebraic expressions. Before we do that, let us be aware that
in multiplying algebraic expressions, we need to multiply numerical coefficient by
numerical coefficient and literal coefficient by literal coefficient using the product law
of exponents that is x m x n x m n .
8 x 3 y 3 z 12 x 2 y 4 8 x 2 y
12 d 7 f 3d 6 f 2 69 d 4 f 3 12 d 5 17 d 4 f 38d 3 f 2 9d 2 f 3 69 d 2 f 2 46 df 3 207 f 4
8d 3 2d 2 f 6d 2 64 f 2 4df 4
Vertical:
4d 3 d 2 f 23 f 2 2
3d 4 f 3d 2 2df 9 f 2 2
12d 7 f 3d 6 f 2 69d 4 f 3 6d 4 f
12d 5 3d 4 f 69d 2 f 2
6d 2
8d 4 f 2d 3 f 2 46df 3 4df
8d 3 2d 2 f 46 f 2 4
8d 3 2d 2 f 6d 2 64 f 2 4df 4
Let us summarize:
Mathematical Concepts
Examples:
1. 245 2 7 +1260 because there are 2 negative signed
numbers.
2
2. 245 2 7 1 4 -1120 because there are 5
9
negative signed numbers.
2. Write the multiplicand first and the multiplier below the multiplicand.
5. Add the products using the rules in adding like terms and copy the
terms which are not having the same variable and exponent.
C. Drill
Directions: Answer the following completely in your answer sheets.
1. Multiply (a 2 2b c) & (2a 3 4a 1) using (a) horizontal method and (b) vertical
method.
5. What expression must be subtracted from the product of (2a – b) and (2a + b)
to produce a difference of 4a + 1?
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 7
Part 1. Solve the following problems completely. Consider the rubrics below in
making your output.
Rubric:
Authenticity and Clarity of Situations/Problems ---------------------- 15 points
Feasibility and Organization ---------------------------------------------- 10 points
Reliability (Citation) ------------------------------------------------------- 5 points
Total ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 points
A. Specific Objectives
In this lesson, we are going to recall the rules of dividing signed numbers, divide
algebraic expressions using long division and synthetic division, and identify situation
where division of algebraic expressions is applied.
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start doing the following activities, and learn
from it. (Be sure to answer the activity and submit your output to your professor).
Activity 1
Let’s Divide!
Directions: Divide the first quantity by the second quantity. Do not use calculator.
Show your complete solution and answer the guide questions that follow.
1. -36; 4
2. 200; 25
3. +556; +32
4. -1289; -27
5. +3345; -15
Guide Questions:
1. How did you divide signed numbers?
2. What is the sign of the quotient of integers with the same signs?
3. What is the sign of the quotient of integers having unlike signs?
4. How will you state the rules in dividing two signed numbers?
5. Where did you encounter division of signed numbers? State at least two
situations.
6. What insight did you get from this activity?
Awesome!
Since you are reminded with the rules in dividing signed numbers, let us
discuss how to divide algebraic expressions. Before we do that, let us be aware that in
dividing algebraic expressions, we need to divide numerical coefficient by numerical
coefficient and literal coefficient by literal coefficient using the quotient law of
mn
x if m n
exponents that is x m .
1 if m n
xn 1
x nm if m n
2
Example 2. Divide 22a 3b 2 by ab5 .
5
22a 3b 2 5 a3 b2 31 1 55a 2
Solution: 22 55a 3
2 5 2 a b5 b 5 2 b
ab
5
5b 2 5b 8
2 2
3ac 3a c 3a bc
Step 2
x 2 0 x 1 4 x 3 12 x 2 0 x 12
Step 3 4x
x 0 x 1 4 x 12 x 0 x 12
2 3 2
because
4x 3
4x
x2
Step 4 4x
x 0 x 1 4 x 12 x 0 x 12
2 3 2
4x3 0x 2 4x
because 4 xx 2 0 x 1 4 x 3 0 x 2 4 x.
Step 5 4x
x 0 x 1 4 x 12 x 0 x 12
2 3 2
4x3 0x 2 4x
12 x 2 4 x 12
Step 6 4 x 12
x 2 0 x 1 4 x 3 12 x 2 0 x 12
4x3 0x 2 4x
12 x 2 4 x 12
12 x 2 0 x 12
4 x 24
Step 7 4 x 24
The final answer is 4 x 12 .
x2 1
Let us check: Just multiply the quotient by the divisor and add the
remainder to the product.
4 x 12
x2 1
4 x 3 12 x 2
4 x 12
4 x 3 12 x 2 4 x 12
+ 4 x 24
4 x 3 12 x 2 12
Example 2. Divide 5a 2 30a 5 25a 100 by 3a 2 5 a
Solution:
10 2 160 355
a 10 a 3
a
3 9 27
3a a 5 30 a 0a 0a 5a 25a 100
2 5 4 3 2
30 a 5 10 a 4 50 a 3
10 a 4 50 a 3 5a 2
10 3 50 2
10 a 4 a a
3 3
160 3 65 2
a a 25a
3 3
160 3 160 2 800
a a a
3 9 9
355 2 575
a a 100
9 9
355 2 355 1775
a a
9 27 27
2080 925
a
27 27
2080 925
a
10 160 355 27 27 .
Thus, the final answer is 10a 3 a 2 a
3 9 27 3a a 5
2
Let us check:
10 2 160 355
10a 3 a a
3 9 27
3a 2 a 5
160 3 355 2
30a 5 10a 4 a a
3 9
10 160 2 355
10a 4 a 3 a a
3 9 27
50 800 1775
50a 3 a 2 a
3 9 27
2755 1755
30a 5 0a 4 0a 3 5a 2 a
27 27
2080 925
+ a
27 27
8. Write the quotient using the last row with the same variable in descending
order but it must start with the degree (n-1) where n is the degree of a given
polynomial. The last number in the last row is the remainder.
Step 1 4 x 6 21x 5 0 x 4 26 x 3 0 x 2 28 x 0
Step 2 4 21 0 -26 0 28 0
Step 3 x5 0
5 4 21 0 26 0 28 0
x 5
Step 4 5 4 21 0 26 0 28 0
Step 5 5 4 21 0 26 0 28 0
-20
4 1
Step 6 5 4 21 0 26 0 28 0
-20 -5
4 1 -5
Step 7 5 4 21 0 26 0 28 0
4 1 -5 -1 5 3 -15
Step 8 Quotient: 4 x 5 x 4 5x 3 x 2 5x 3 ;
Remainder: -15
Solution:
2 x 3 5 x 2 13 x 30 has the numerical coefficients 2, -5, -13, and 30.
2x 5 0
5
2 x 5 So, our divisor is .
2
5
x
2
Thus,
5
2 5 13 30
2
-5 25 -30
2 -10 12 0
2 x 2 10 x 12
Therefore, the quotient is x 2 5 x 6 because there is
2
numerical coefficient 2 (not equal to 1) in our divisor. In this example, there is no
remainder because the last number in the last row is 0. If there is a number in the last
row, we will just copy that as our remainder. Do not divide that number by the
coefficient of the linear term of our divisor.
Let us check:
x 2 5x 6
2x 5
2 x 10 x 2 12 x
3
5x 2 25 x 30
2 x 3 5 x 2 13 x 30
Example 3. Divide 7 x 7 4 x 2 21 3x 4 25 x by 7 x 7 .
Solution:
7 x 7 0 x 6 0 x 5 3x 4 0 x 3 4 x 2 25 x 21
7x 7 0
7x 7
x 1
1 7 0 0 3 0 4 25 21
7 7 7 10 10 6 31
7 7 7 10 10 6 31 52
7 x 6 7 x 5 7 x 4 10 x 3 10 x 2 6 x 31
The quotient is =
7
10 3 10 2 6 31
x6 x5 x4 x x x . Note that the divisor is 7 x 7 with 7 as
7 7 7 7
numerical coefficient of the linear term. The remainder is 52.
10 10 6 31 52
Therefore, the complete quotient is x 6 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x .
7 7 7 7 7x 7
Let us check:
10 10 6 31
x6 x5 x 4 x3 x 2 x
7 7 7 7
7x 7
7 x 7 x 7 x 5 10 x 4 10 x 3 6 x 2 31x
7 6
7 x 6 7 x 5 7 x 4 10 x 3 10 x 2 6 x 31
7 x 7 0 x 6 0 x 5 3x 4 0 x 3 4 x 2 25 x 31
+ +52
7x 7 3x 4 4 x 2 25 x 21
Mathematical Concepts
Divisor is the second quantity in the division statement. It is the quantity after
.
Quotient is the result of division.
Example: In (- k2 – k + 6) ( k - 2) = - k – 3, the espression - k2 – k + 6 is the
dividend, k - 2 is the divisor, and – k – 3 is the quotient.
mn
x if m n
xm
using the quotient law of exponents that is n 1 if m n . We
x 1
x nm if m n
subtract the exponents of the same variable.
2. Put the dividend inside the long division symbol and the divisor
outside the division symbol. In symbols, we use
Quotient Re mainder
Divisor Dividend .
3. Divide the term with the highest power inside the division
symbol by the term with the highest power outside the division
symbol. Put the answer above the dividend.
3. Equate the divisor to 0 and solve for the variable. This is our
divisor. Put this before the numerical coefficients and put the
symbol.
5. Multiply this (the one you bring down) to the divisor and put the
product below the next numerical coefficient and add. Put the
sum below the addends and in the horizontal row containing the
one you bring down.
6. Multiply the sum to the divisor and put the product below the
next numerical coefficient and add. Put the sum below the
addends.
8. Write the quotient using the last row with the same variable in
descending order but it must start with the degree (n-1) where n
is the degree of a given polynomial. The last number in the last
row is the remainder.
(See illustrations in the previous page/s).
C. Drill
Directions: Perform the indicated operations.
1. 2a 5 40ab 3 10ab 2 2a 2 b
2. 2a 40a 10a 12 (a 4)
5 3 2
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 8
Part 1. Solve the following problems completely. Consider the rubrics below in
making your output.
1. What is the quotient when the product of -25 and 30 is divided by -15?
2. Find the remainder when the sum of 32, - 12, and 20 is divided by the
3. Divide x 3 4 x 2 4 x 5 by 5x 2 .
find the measure of its height if its length and width are
Rubric:
Authenticity and Clarity of Situations/Problems ---------------------- 15 points
Feasibility and Organization ---------------------------------------------- 10 points
Reliability (Citation) ------------------------------------------------------- 5 points
Total ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30 points
Introduction
General Objectives
At the end of the chapter, the students must have demonstrated in-depth
knowledge in special products and factoring concepts and application through
discussion and problem-solving and developed higher order thinking skills
through formulation of conjectures.
A. Specific Objectives
B. Topic Content
To realize our learning goals, let us start doing the following activities, and
learn from it. (Be sure to answer the activity and submit your output to your
professor).
(Modified puzzle
https://www.depednegor.net/uploads/8/3/5/2/8352879/math_learniners_module.pdf)
Guide Questions:
1. How did you answer the puzzle?
2. What mathematical concepts did you apply to answer this activity?
3. What insight did you get from this activity?
Nice Work!
Let us have another 1. This time, you are going to complete the missing
products and answer the guide questions that follow.
Activity 2
Complete Me!
Directions: Complete each case by finding the products and formulate generalization
per case. Don’t forget to use sheets of paper as your answer sheets and submit these to
your professor online or offline.
Case 1. Case 2.
x 12 _____________ x 1x 1 _____________
b 32 _____________ b 3b 3 _____________
2x 32 _____________ 2b 32b 3 _____________
4 3c2 _____________ 4 3c4 3c _____________
2
4 4 4
c _____________ c c _____________
5 5 5
Case 3. Case 4.
x y z 2 _____________ x 1x 2 x 1 _____________
a 2b c2 _____________ a 2ba 2 2ab 4b 2 __________
3 m n2 _____________ 3 b9 3b b 2 _____________
3m 2n 52 _____________ 4d 3z 16d 2 12dz 9z 2 ____________
1 3 1 9 2
2.3 3.5c 0.5d 2 __________ 3
b b b ___________
4 5 16 20 25
Case 5.
x 33 _____________
x 34 _____________
x 35 _____________
x 36 _____________
x 3n _____________
Guide Questions:
1. Describe each Case. What do you think is the name for each Case?
2. How many terms are there in the products of each Case? Are these special
products? Why do you say so?
3. What makes these products special?
4. Compare the products to its factors. What is the relationship of its given
factors to their products? Discuss each case.
5. Formulate your generalization per Case.
Mathematical Concepts
4 x 2 20 x 25
2 2
x x x
Example 2. 4 y 2 4 y 4 y
2
2 2 2
x2
4 xy 16 y 2
4
Sum and Difference of Two Binomials is the form x y x y where x is
the first term and y is the second term. In this case, we need to:
1. Square the first term or multiply the first terms;
2. Square the last terms or multiply the last terms; and
3. Put the negative (-) sign between the squares or products.
Example 1. x y x y x 2 y 2
Example 2. 2s 5d 2s 5d 2s 5d
2 2
4s 2 25d 2
second term, and z is the third term. There are three terms being squared. In
this case, we need to:
1. Square the first, the second, and the third terms;
2. Double the product of the first and second terms, the first and
the last terms, and the second and third terms.
Example 2. 3a 4b 2c 3a 2 4b2 2c 2 23a 4b 23a 2c 2 4b2c
2
Example 1. 3 y 9 3 y y 2 33 y 3
27 y 3
3
2 2
Example 2. 3b c 9b 2 bc c 2 = 3b c
6 4 3
7 7 49 7
8 3
27b 3 c
343
first term, y is the second term, and n > 1. In this case, we need to follow the
pattern:
x y n x n nxn1 y n(n 1) x n2 y 2 ... y n or
x y n x n nx n1 y n(n 1) x n2 y 2 n C r x nr y r ... y n with
n!
Cr or with the Pascal’s Triangle of binomial coefficients.
n
n r !r!
Solution:
x 4
3
3
2 3 C 0 x 4 3 C1 x 4 2 C x 2 C 2
2
3 2
4 1 2
3 3
3
3! 3! 3! 3!
x12 2x8 4x 4 8
3 0!0! 3 1!1! 3 2!2! 3 3!3!
3! 3 2! 8 3 2! 4 3!
x12 2x 4x 8
3! 2!1! 1!2! 0!3!
x12 6 x 8 12 x 4 8
1 3 3 1
Solution: x 4 2 1 x 4
3
3
2 3x 2
3 x4
2 4 2
12
3
x12 6 x 8 12 x 4 8
Illustration 2. Expand x 5 .
5
Solution 1:
x 55 5!
x5
5!
x 4 5
5!
x 3 52
5!
x 2 53
5!
x 54
5 0!0! 5 1!1! 5 2!2! 5 3!3! 5 4!4!
5!
55
5 5!5!
5! 5 5 4! 4 5 4 3! 3 5 4 3! 2 5 4!
x 5 x 25 x 125 x625 3125
5!
x
5! 4!1! 3!2! 2!3! 1!4! 5!
x 5 25 x 4 250 x 3 1250 x 2 3125 x 3125
13!
2a 137 b7
13 7!7!
13 12 11 10 9 8 7!
2a 6 b7
6!7!
13 12 11 10 9 8
64a 6 b 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
109824 a 6 b 7
15!
3159 2 y 9
15 9!9!
15! 6
3 2 y 9
6!9!
5005729 512 y 9
1868106240 y 9
C. Drill
Complete the table below by supplying the necessary information to make the
table TRUE. One point will be given per correct supplied information. The first
two were done for you.
Expression Product Special Product Kinds of Special
or Not Product (If it is a
special product)
3. (1 + 2x – y)2
4. -3 (5 -10s + 2t)
5. (3 – g)5
7. (6n – 2m +2) (2 – n)
8. -2y (3 – x + y)
10. (s – 4) (s – 8)
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 9
1. Tell what type of special product is the following given algebraic expressions:
a. x 5x 5
b. x 5x 5
c. 2x 5 y 32
d. y 5y 2 5 y 25
e. 2 x 58
2. Find the product of the following: (Use the rubrics below)
a. x 5x 5
b. x 5x 5
c. 2x 5 y 32
d. y 5y 2 5 y 25
e. 2 x 58
Part 2. Reflect and answer the following questions completely. Consider the rubrics
below in making your output.
1. What makes the special product different from simple multiplication of
algebraic expressions?
2. Recall your past experiences and share an instance or instances where you
unconsciously apply special products. Elaborate the application of special
products.
3. Suppose you are going to calculate the square of a 2-digit number using the
concept of special product. How will you get the square of a 2-digit
number using a special product? Illustrate at least 2 examples.
4. Relate the product and factors of the cube of a binomial like x 1 and
3
Lesson 2. FACTORING
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
1. Identified the type of factoring that is applicable to the given polynomial;
2. Factored polynomial with speed and accuracy; and
3. Shared insights on the real-life applications of factoring as future math
teacher.
B. Topic Content
Let us start talking about the factor of an integer. As what we had learned from
the past, factors of an integer are also integers that if we multiply them, the result is
the given integer. For example, the factors of 12 are ½ and 24, 1 and 12, 2 and 6, 3
and 4, -1/2 and -24, -1 and -12, -2 and -6, -3 and -4, and so many others.
In our elementary days, we learned the factor tree and successive division
methods in factoring whole numbers and in our high school days, we learned several
methods in factoring polynomials.
Let us see if you can still remember those factoring methods/techniques and
the relationship between the special products and factoring.
Activity 1
Complete Me!
Directions: Copy and complete the table below by supplying the necessary
information and answer the questions that follow. Use a piece of paper as your answer
sheet.
Factors Product
2. 6 – 2c -12c2
3. (1 + 2x – y)2
Factors Product
4. -3 (5 -10s + 2t)
Factors Product
5. (3 – g)2
7. 27t3 - 1
8. 4 – 2d +d2
10. (s – 4) (s + 8)
Questions:
1. What can you say about the activity?
2. How did you get the product of a polynomial if the given are its factors?
3. How did you get the factors of a given polynomial as a product? What did you
observe with the factors and the product on the table above?
4. What insights did you get from the activity?
Mathematical Concepts
Types of Factoring
2
y 2 2 6 xy .
x
By factoring, we have
-10 = -2 (5) The common numerical factor is 5.
30 = 2 (3) (5)
5 = 1 (5)
Since x and y are common variables, the common literal factor is
x3y because the lowest exponent of x is 3 and 1 for y. Therefore,
the greatest common factor is 5x3y.
Therefore,
-10x3y2 + 30x4y + 5x5y3 = 5x3y (-2y +6x + x2y2)
10 x 3 y 2 30 x 4 y 5 x 5 y 3
because 3
2 y 6 x x 2 y 2 .
5x y
Note: Only the difference of two squares is factorable but the sum of
two squares is NOT factorable.
Step 1. Examine the given polynomial and be sure that it takes the
form of difference of two squares.
Step 2. Get the square roots of the first and second terms.
Step 3. Make two parentheses and write the square roots of the first
and second terms.
Step 4. Put + and – in between the square roots of the first and second
terms in step 3.
Solutions:
a. 1 – 25h2
4 4
b. d 121
9
Step 1. By inspection, the given is exactly a difference of two
squares.
4 4 2 2
Step 2. d d & 121 11
9 9
4 4 2 2
Step 3. d 121 d 2 11 d 2 11
9 9 9
4 4 2 2
Step 4. d 121 d 2 11 d 2 11
9 9 9
c. 16x4 – 81
Step 1. By inspection, the given is exactly a difference of two
squares.
Step 2. 16x 4 4 x 2 & 81 9
Step 3. 16x4 – 81= (4x2 9) (4x2 9)
Step 4. 16x4 – 81= (4x2 + 9) (4x2 - 9)
By inspection, we can notice that 4x2 - 9 is a difference of two
squares and therefore, factorable. And so, we need to factor this
factorable factor.
4x2 – 9 = (2x + 3) (2x – 3)
Thus, the final answer is 16x4 – 81= (4x2 + 9) (2x + 3) (2x – 3).
a. (8 + s3)
Step 1. It is evident that the given is the sum of two
cubes.
Step 2. 3 8 2 & 3 s 3 s .
Step 3. (8 + s3) = ( ) ( )
Step 4. (8 + s3) = (2 + s) (4 - 2s + s2)
Note: We applied the factored form of the sum of two cubes.
b. (1000d6 – 27)
Step 1. It is evident that the given is the difference of
two cubes.
Step 2. 3 1000d 6 10d 2 & 3 27 3 .
Step 3. (1000d6 – 27) = ( )( )
Step 4. (1000d – 27) = (10d - 3) (100d4 + 30d2 + 9)
6 2
c.
1 12
b 64
729
Step 1. It is evident that the given is the difference of
two cubes.
1 12 1 4 3
Step 2. 3 b b & 64 4 .
729 9
Step 3.
1 12
b 64 = ( )( )
729
Step 4. 1 1
1 12 4
b 64 b 4 4 b 8 b 4 16
729 9 81 9
1 12 1 4 1 8 4 4
b 64 b 4 b b 16
729 9 81 9
1 1 1 4
b 2 2 b 2 2 b 8 b 4 16
3 3 81 9
Step 2. Get the square roots of the first and last terms.
Solutions:
a. 4x2 – 12x + 9
Step 1. The given is a perfect square trinomial.
Step 2. 4 x 2 2 x & 9 3
Step 3. 4x2 – 12x + 9 = (2x – 3)2 Note: The sign between the
terms follows the middle term.
c. 2h2 + 4h + 2
Step 1. The given is NOT a perfect square trinomial. However,
we can noticed that the terms contain common factor. By
applying the common monomial factoring, the common factor
is 2.
The factored form will be 2h2 + 4h + 2 = 2 (h2 + 2h +1).
By examining the factors, (h2 + 2h +1) is factorable because it
is a perfect square trinomial.
Step 2. h 2 h & 1 1
Step 3. 2h2 + 4h + 2 = 2(h + 1)2 Note: The sign between the
terms follows the middle term.
Solutions:
a. x2 – 2x - 15
Step 1. The given polynomial is a quadratic trinomial.
Step 2. By quadratic formula (a = 1, b = -2, c = -15), we have
b b 2 4ac
r
2a
2 22 41 15
21
2 4 60
2
2 64
2
28
2
r1 = 2 8 5 ; r2 = 8 3
2
2 2
Step 3. x2 – 2x - 15 = (x - 5) (x + 3)
In x2 – 2x – 15, we need to look for the factors of -15 such that the
sum is -2 since x2 has x and x factors only. The factors of -15 are:
b. 3y2 + 2y -8
Step 1. The given polynomial is a quadratic trinomial.
Step 2. By quadratic formula (a = 3, b = 2, c = -8), we have
b b 2 4ac
r
2a
2 22 43 8
23
2 4 96
6
2 100
6
2 10
6
r1 = 2 10 4 ; r2 = 2 10 2
6 3 6
4
Note: (y - ) (y + 2) is not exactly the same as the given
3
4
without multiplying all the terms by 3, we need to change (y - )
3
in linear form 3y – 4.
Step 3. 3y2 + 2y -8 = (3y -4) (y + 2).
If we use trial and error, we need to find the factors of the first term
3y2 and the last term -8 and try them to get the given polynomial. The factors of 3y2
are 3y and y while of – 8 are -1 and 8, 1 and -8, -2 and 4, 2 and -4, etc.
(3y – 2) (y +4) = 3y2 +12y –2y -8 where the middle term is 10. We
need only 2y. So let’s interchange 2 and -4.
(3y + 4) (y -2) = 3y2 -6y +4y -8 where the middle term is -2y. We
need 2y. So we need to interchange the signs between the two binomials to have
(3y – 4) (y +2) = 3y2 +6y –2y -8 where the middle term is 2y. Thus,
the correct factors are (3y – 4) (y +2).
c. 10r2 – 15r – 25
By examining the given polynomial, there is a common monomial
factor 5 because 10, -15 and -25 are divisible by 5.
Thus, 10r2 – 15r – 25 = 5 (2r2 – 3r – 5).
This time, let’s try trial and error method to factor 2r2 – 3r – 5.
Step 1. Examine the given polynomial if there are more than 3 distinct
terms and with the possibility that when some terms are grouped
together, there will be a common factor or the new form will exhibit
one of the special products.
Case 1. For 4 terms, group the first two terms together and group
the remaining two terms together or make two groups with two terms
that are factorable using the previous factoring techniques. Then, apply
the appropriate factoring method to factor each group.
Case 2. For 4 or more terms, make two groups with three terms
and with the remaining terms provided that the groups are factorable
using the previous factoring methods. Then, apply the appropriate
factoring technique to factor each group.
Step 4. Examine the factors and be sure that the factors are NOT
factorable anymore. If it has factors that are factorable, apply the
appropriate factoring to have prime factors.
Solutions:
a. 5x + 5y - bx – by
Step 1. It is obvious that the given has 4 terms and so, factoring
by grouping is applicable.
Step 4. 5x + 5y – bx – by = (x + y) (5 – b) Prime
Factors
b. a2 – 2ab + b2 – a + b
Step 1. It is obvious that the given has 5 terms and so, factoring
by grouping is applicable.
c. 4m2 + 4mn + n2 – d2
Step 1. It is obvious that the given has 4 terms and so, factoring
by grouping is applicable.
Step 4.
4m2 + 4mn + n2 – d2 = (2m + n + d) (2m + n – d) Prime Factors
d. x4 - y2 + 6y - 9
Step 1. It is obvious that the given has 4 terms and so, factoring
by grouping is applicable.
Step 2. x4 - y2 + 6y - 9 = x4 + (- y2 + 6y – 9) Case 2
Step 3. x4 - y2 + 6y - 9 = x4 + -1 (y2 - 6y + 9)
= x4 – (y – 3)2
= [x2 + (y – 3)] [x2 - (y – 3)]
= (x2 + y – 3) (x2 – y – 3)
e. a2 + b2 - s2 + 2ab + 4s - 4
Step 1. It is obvious that the given has 5 terms and so, factoring
by grouping is applicable.
Step 2.
a2 + b2 - s2 + 2ab + 4s - 4 = (a2 + 2ab + b2) + (-s2 + 4s - 4)
Case 2
Note: We rearrange the terms to have 2 groups of possible
perfect square trinomials.
Step 3.
a2 + b2 - s2 + 2ab + 4s - 4 = (a2 + 2ab + b2) + (-s2 + 4s - 4)
= (a2 + 2ab + b2) - (s2 - 4s + 4)
= (a + b)2 - (s – 2)2
= [(a + b) + (s – 2) ] [(a + b) - (s – 2) ]
= (a + b + s – 2) (a + b – s + 2)
Step 4.
a2 + b2 - s2 + 2ab + 4s – 4 = (a + b + s – 2) (a + b – s + 2)
Prime factors
3. Re-examine the factors derived from the previous factoring and be sure
that all factors are NOT factorable or the factors are already prime. If
there is/are (a) factor/s that is/are factorable, repeat step 2 and write the
prime factors as final factors of the given polynomial.
Rubric:
Criterion 3 Points/Item 2 Points/Item 1 Point/Item 0 Point/Item
Total Points: 60
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
B. Topic Content
Before we get started, let us take into considerations the following readiness
quiz items:
In item 3, we can use the factoring techniques that we studied last time. By
examining the given polynomials, 2x2 – 3x – 5 is a quadratic trinomial and x2 + 2x + 1
is a perfect square trinomial. By applying the appropriate type of factoring, we have
Mathematical Concepts
3 6 14
4 12 24 56
10 120 240 560
First, divide the numbers by 10. Then the quotients 12, 24, and
56 can be divided by 4. The quotients are 3, 6, and 14 and no
more number can divide these numbers.
Therefore, the greatest common factor is 10 (4) = 40.
Step 2.
x2 - 4y2 + 2x + 4y = (x + 2y) (x – 2y + 2)
-4x – 8y = -4(x + 2y)
2 2
x + 4xy + 4y = (x + 2y) (x + 2y)
Step 3. x + 2y
Step 1.
a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b)
(2a - 2b) (a + b) = 2(a – b) (a + b)
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 94
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
(2a2 + 2ab + a + b) (a2 - 2ab + b2) = [(2a2 + 2ab) + (a + b)] (a2 - 2ab + b2)
= [2a(a + b) + (a + b)] (a2 - 2ab + b2)
= [(a + b) (2a +1)] (a2 - 2ab + b2)
= (a + b) (2a + 1) (a – b)2
= (a + b) (2a + 1) (a – b) (a – b)
Step 2.
a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b)
(2a - 2b) (a + b) = 2 (a + b) (a – b)
2 2 2
(2a + 2ab + a + b) (a - 2ab + b ) = (a + b) (a – b) (a – b) (2a + 1)
C. Enrichment Activity
Directions: Contact at most 2 classmates and then, discuss and work the activity
below with patience and collaboration. Organize your group answers in a Power
Point Presentation and submit to your professor online/offline. For online
submission, submit your group output in the class Google Classroom. For offline
submission, save your group output in your flask drive, put that flask drive inside
an envelope, seal it, write (To: Dr. Racso C. Daliva (COEAS) and From: Your
name and names of your groupmates) at the back of the envelope, and drop this to
the designated box or hand in this to the security guard. Be sure to follow the
University Safety Protocol.
Activity 1
That’s My GCF!
Directions: Find the GCF or greatest common factor of the following and answer
the questions that follow.
1. 50 & 175
2. 12, 20, 24, & 30
3. 2a & 8a2
4. 12x3, 30xy, & -22x2y
5. [2(m – 3)2], -8(m – 3)3, & (10m – 30)
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 95
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Questions:
1. How did your team find the GCF of 50 & 175? How about the GCF of 12, 20,
24, & 30?
2. How did your group find the GCF of 2a & 8a2? How about the GCF of 12x3,
30xy, & -22x2y?
3. How did your group determine the GCF of [2(m – 3)2], -8(m – 3)3, & (10m –
30)?
4. How did your team get the GCF of (-20st4v + 50s2t2v – 30stv) &
(-15s3t3v2 – 45s3t2v2)?
5. Did your team find the factors of a2 + b2 + 2ab + 2a + 2b + 1? If yes, how did
your team find those factors and what is the GCF of (a2 + b2 + 2ab + 2a + 2b +
1) & (4a + 4b + 4)? If not, what are the difficulties in finding the factors of
a2 + b2 + 2ab + 2a + 2b + 1?
6. In general, how did your group find the GCF of two or more expressions?
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 11
Part 1. Directions: Read, understand, and answer each item below by choosing the
letter of the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet. (2 points per
item)
1. What is the largest number that can divide 36, 72, & 162?
A. 3
B. 6
C. 12
D. 18
E. 36
2. What is the greatest common factor of 8w2, -10w3, 4w5, & 20w3x5?
A. 2w2
B. 4w2
C. 8w2
D. 20w5
E. 20w5x5
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 96
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
4. 4 students are arguing the GCF of 4x + 20, -4x2 -100, & 8x2 + 80x + 200.
Their arguments are as follows:
Student 1. I believe that x + 5 is the GCF because the given polynomials have
x + 5.
Student 2. It’s not only x + 5. There is 4 as the GCF of the common monomial
factors of the given polynomials and therefore, the GCF must be 4x + 20.
Student 3. I don’t agree with your answers Students 1 and 2. It must be -4x –
20 because -4x2 – 100 has -4 as common monomial factor.
Student 4. All of you, please listen. The GCF of the given polynomials must
be 8x2 + 80x + 200 because this is the largest polynomial.
Question: If you are their teacher, who among them is correct?
A. Student 1
B. Student 2
C. Student 3
D. Student 4
E. None of them
5. Which of the following situations can you apply the greatest common factor?
A. Forming small groups with the same number of members from two or more
large groups.
B. Asking equal share of resources in making projects from two or more large
groups.
C. Measuring the construction fields and computing the possible construction
cost.
D. Inviting friends, relatives, and love ones to attend a memorable occasion.
E. None of these choices.
Part 2. Find the GCF of the following algebraic expressions. Use the rubric below as
your guide in answering this part.
Rubric:
Accuracy of Solution --------------------------- 3 points
Neatness and Organization of Solution ----- 2 points
Total ---------------------------------------------- 5 points/item
4. (x2 – 3x – 10), (x2 + 4x + 4) (2x – 10), & (2x +4)2 (x2 – 10x + 25)
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
B. Topic Content
Before we get started, let us take into considerations the following readiness
quiz items:
1. List the first 15 multiples of 72 and 81.
2. What is the smallest multiple that is common to 72 and 81?
3. Factor 2x2 – 3x – 5 and x2 + 2x + 1 completely.
4. What is the smallest multiple that is common to 2x2 – 3x – 5 and x2 + 2x +
1?
From the lists of multiples of 72 and 81, we can notice that the smallest
multiple of 72 and 81 is 648. 648 is called the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of 72
and 81.
In item 3, we can use the factoring techniques that we studied last time. By
examining the given polynomials, 2x2 – 3x – 5 is a quadratic trinomial and x2 + 2x + 1
is a perfect square trinomial. By applying the appropriate type of factoring, we have
2x2 – 3x – 5 = (2x – 5) (x + 1) & x2 + 2x + 1 = (x + 1)2
So,
2x2 – 3x – 5 = (2x – 5) (x + 1)
x2 + 2x + 1 = (x + 1) (x + 1)
Mathematical Concepts
Step 3. 2•2•2•2•3•5•7
Step 4. 2 • 2 • 2 • 2 • 3 • 5 • 7 = 1680
120 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1080 1200 1320 1440 1560 1680 1800
240 240 480 720 960 1200 1440 1680 1920 2160 2400 2640 2880 3120 3360 3600
560 560 1120 1680 2240 2800 3360 3920 4480 5040 5600 6160 6720 7280 7840 8400
Step 2.
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 101
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
x2 - 4y2 + 2x + 4y = (x + 2y) (x – 2y + 2)
-4x – 8y = -4(x + 2y)
2 2
x + 4xy + 4y = (x + 2y) (x + 2y)
C. Enrichment Activity
Directions: Contact at most 2 classmates and then, discuss and work the activity
below with patience and collaboration. Organize your group answers in a Power
Point Presentation and submit to your professor online/offline. For online
submission, submit your group output in the class Google Classroom. For offline
submission, save your group output in your flask drive, put that flask drive inside
an envelope, seal it, write (To: Dr. Racso C. Daliva (COEAS) and From: Your
name and names of your groupmates) at the back of the envelope, and drop this to
the designated box or hand in this to the security guard. Be sure to follow the
University Safety Protocol.
Activity 1
That’s My LCM!
Directions: Find the LCM or least common multiple of the following and answer
the questions that follow.
1. 50 & 175
2. 12, 20, 24, & 30
3. 2a & 8a2
4. 12x3, 30xy, & -22x2y
5. [2(m – 3)2], -8(m – 3)3, & (10m – 30)
6. (-20st4v + 50s2t2v – 30stv) & (-15s3t3v2 – 45s3t2v2)
7. (a2 + b2 + 2ab + 2a + 2b + 1) & (4a + 4b + 4)
Questions:
1. How did your team find the LCM of 50 & 175? How about the LCM of 12, 20,
24, & 30?
2. How did your group find the LCM of 2a & 8a2? How about the LCM of 12x3,
30xy, & -22x2y?
3. How did your group determine the LCM of [2(m – 3)2], -8(m – 3)3, &
(10m – 30)?
4. How did your team get the LCM of (-20st4v + 50s2t2v – 30stv) &
(-15s3t3v2 – 45s3t2v2)?
5. How did your team find the LCM of (a2 + b2 + 2ab + 2a + 2b + 1) &
(4a + 4b + 4)?
6. What are team’s difficulties in finding the LCM of two or more algebraic
expressions? How will your team overcome these difficulties?
7. In general, how did your group find the LCM of two or more algebraic
expressions?
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 12
Part 1. Directions: Read, understand, and answer each item below by choosing the
letter of the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet. (2 points per
item)
1. What is the smallest number that can be divided by 36, 72, & 162?
A. 18
B. 36
C. 162
D. 648
E. 1296
2. What is the greatest common factor of 8w2, -10w3, 4w5, & 20w3x5?
A. -4w2
B. 4w2
C. 8w2
D. -40w5x5
E. 40w5x5
3. Which of the following sequences is the correct steps in finding the LCM of
two or more algebraic expressions using the primes factor method?
I. Bring down the primes in each column.
II. Get the prime factors of each expression in expanded form.
III. Matching or aligning factors in column.
IV. Multiply the prime factors that were brought down.
4. Hot dogs are sold in packages of 30, but hot dog buns come in packs by
dozens. What is the smallest number of packages of hot dogs and buns that can
be purchased if you want to have the same number of hot dogs and buns?
A. 1 pack hot dogs and 3 packs hot dog buns
B. 1 pack hot dogs and 5 packs hot dog buns
C. 3 packs hot dogs and 5 packs hot dog buns
D. 5 packs hot dogs and 3 packs hot dog buns
E. 30 packs hot dogs and 30 packs hot dog buns
5. Suppose paper plates are sold by packages with (p2 – 100) pcs per pack and
plastic spoons and forks (by pairs) with (2p + 20) pairs per pack. What is the
smallest number of pcs of plates and pairs of spoon and fork you can purchase
if you want to have the same number of each?
A. (2p + 20) pcs plates and pairs of spoon and fork
B. (2p2 +200) pcs plates and pairs of spoon and fork
C. (2p2 - 200) pcs plates and pairs of spoon and fork
D. (p + 10) pcs plates and pairs of spoon and fork.
E. None of these choices.
Part 2. Find the LCM of the following algebraic expressions. Use the rubric below as
your guide in answering this part.
Rubric:
Accuracy of Solution --------------------------- 3 points
Neatness and Organization of Solution ----- 2 points
Total ---------------------------------------------- 5 points/item
4. (x2 – 3x – 10), (x2 + 4x + 4) (2x – 10), & (2x +4)2 (x2 – 10x + 25)
Introduction
There are some expressions in algebra that contains fractions. In one glance,
we can say that kind of expression is somewhat unrealistic in our day-to-day activity.
We sometimes neglect or not interested with this because of our prejudice that it is not
really work in our ordinary ways of living. However, for us mathematicians (learners
of math) or for those who are taking courses related to mathematics, this topic is very
important. It serves as the foundation of understanding the complex processes of
higher mathematics especially the lessons with fractions and rational functions.
As learners of mathematics, let us explore this module, understand it by heart,
and discover some techniques in dealing with rational expressions including its
applications.
General Objectives
At the end of the chapter, the students must have demonstrated in-depth
understanding of key concepts and process involving rational expressions, developed
perseverance, and appreciated the beautifulness of the existence of rational
expressions through answering the activities and exercises in this module.
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
1. Familiarized themselves on the definitions of rational algebraic
expressions;
2. Evaluate rational algebraic expressions;
3. Simplify rational algebraic expressions;
4. Performed different operations involving rational algebraic
expressions; and
5. Cited some real-life applications/importance of rational algebraic
expressions.
B. Topic Content
Let us start discussing this lesson by familiarizing the key concepts and
processes involving rational algebraic expressions. Let us explore and study the
mathematical concepts below where concepts and processes are being illustrated
through examples.
Mathematical Concepts
Rational Algebraic Expression. It is an expression that can be written in the
P
form where P & Q are polynomials and Q ≠ 0. In other words, it is a ratio of
Q
two polynomials. It is undefined if Q = 0.
2x 1 2(a 1) 2 2mn 2
Examples: ; 2; ; ; 3p – 1
2x 2a 2 a 1 11m 2 n 1
2a 5m
b.
4mn
Step 1. 4mn
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 107
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Step 2. 4mn 0
m 0 or n 0
Therefore, m 0 or n 0
2x 2 y
c.
x 4x 4
2
Step 1. x 2 4 x 4
Step 2. x 2 4 x 4 0
x 2 2 0 Factoring
x 2 2 0 Applying Square Roots
x2 Definition of Square Roots
Therefore, x 2 .
3a 2 4a 1
d.
a2 4
Step 1. a 2 4
Step 2. a 2 4 0
a2 4 APE
a2 4 Applying Square Roots
a 2 Definition of Square Roots
Therefore, a 2 .
2m 3
e. mn
5
mn
Step 1.
5
mn
Step 2. 0
5
mn
(5) 0(5)
5
mn 0
mn
2a 5m 1
a. ; a 1, m 2, n
4mn 2
2x 2 y
b. ; x 2, y 0
x 2 4x 4
3a 2 4a 1
c. ; a 5
a2 4
Solutions:
2a 5m 1 3a 2 4a 1
a. ; a 1, m 2, n c. ; a 5
4mn 2 a2 4
2 10 75 20 1
4 25 4
94
= -3
21
2x 2 y
b. ; x 2, y 0
x 4x 4
2
2x 2 y 2 2 20
x 4x 4
2
22 4 2 4
4 0
48 4
4
16
1
4
2x 1 3m 3 4m
Examples: ; 2; 3p – 1;
2x 2m
Step 3. Copy the remaining factor/s both in the numerator and denominator. If
all factors in the numerator or in the denominator are crossed out or cancelled,
that means the factor left is 1.
c.
2 x 55
(2 x 5)( x 1)
6y2 7y 5
d.
9 y 2 25
6m 4n
e.
2n 3m
5
Solutions:
a.
26
c.
2 x 55
104 (2 x 5)( x 1)
Step 1.
26
2 13
Step 1.
2 x 55 2 x 52 x 52 x 52 x 52 x 5
104 2 2 2 13 (2 x 5)( x 1) 2 x 5x 1
Step 2.
26
2 13
Step 2.
2 x 55 2 x 52 x 52 x 52 x 52 x 5
104 2 2 2 13 (2 x 5)( x 1) 2 x 5x 1
Step 3.
26
1
Step 3.
2 x 55
2 x 52 x 52 x 52 x 5
104 2 2 (2 x 5)( x 1) x 1
Step 4.
26 1
Step 4.
2 x 55
16 x 4 160 x 3 600x 2 1000x 625
104 4 (2 x 5)( x 1) x 1
4a 2 6y2 7y 5
b.
36a 5 d. 9 y 2 25
4a 2
22aa 6y2 7y 5
2 y 13 y 5
Step 1. 36a 5 1 2 2 3 3 a a a a a Step 1. 9 y 25
2 3 y 53 y 5
4a 2
22aa 6y2 7y 5
2 y 13 y 5
Step 2. 36a 5 1 2 2 3 3 a a a a a Step 2. 9 y 25
2 3 y 53 y 5
4a 2
1 6y2 7y 5
2 y 1
Step 3. 36a 5 1 3 3 a a a Step 3. 9 y 25
2 3 y 5
4a 2 1 6y 2 7y 5 2 y 1
Step 4.
36a 5
9a 3
Step 4. 9 y 25
2 3y 5
6m 4n
e.
2n 3m
5
6m 4n 1 23m 2n
Step 1.
2n 3m 1(3m 2n)
5 5
6m 4n 1 23m 2n
Step 2.
2n 3m 1(3m 2n)
5 5
6m 4n 1 23m 2n
2n 3m 1
3m 2n
5 5
6m 4n 2
Step 3.
2n 3m 1
5 5
6m 4n 5
Step 4. 2
2n 3m 1
5
6m 4n
10
2n 3m
5
d.
x 32
5 x 15
5 25
x 2 5x 6 x 2 6x 9
e.
x 2 4 x 4 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12
a b b 2 a 2 2a 2 2b 2
f.
ab a 4a 2
Solutions:
6x 2 5x
a. 4
10 x 12
6x 2 5x 2 3 x x 5 x
Step 1.
10 x 4 12 2 5 x x x x 2 2 3
6x 2 5x 2 3 x x 5 x
Step 2.
10 x 4 12 2 5 x x x x 2 2 3
6x 2 5x 2 3 x x 5 x
Step 3.
10 x 4 12 2 5 x x x x 2 2 3
6x 2 5x 1
10 x 4 12 x 2 2
6x 2 5x 1
4
10 x 12 4 x
(m n) 2 m
b. 2
mn m mn
( m n) 2 m (m n)(m n) m
Step 1. 2
mn m mn m n m( m n)
( m n) 2 m (m n)(m n) m
Step 2. 2
mn m mn ( m n) m(m n)
( m n) 2 m (m n)(m n) m
Step 3. 2
mn m mn ( m n) m(m n)
(m n) 2 m mn
2
mn m mn m n
2a 2 a 3 a 2 2a 1
c.
a 2 1 8a 3 27
2a 2 a 3 a 2 2a 1 (2a 3)(a 1) (a 1)(a 1)
Step 1.
a 1
2
8a 27
3 (a 1)(a 1) (2a 3)(4a 2 6a 9)
2a 2 a 3 a 2 2a 1 a 1
2
a 1
2
8a 27
3
4a 6a 9
d.
x 32
5 x 15
5 25
We need to copy the dividend and invert the divisor before we
proceed to multiplication.
So,
x 32
5 x 15 x 32
25
5 25 5 5 x 15
Step 1.
x 32 25
( x 3)( x 3)
55
5 5 x 15 5 5( x 3)
Step 2.
x 32 25
( x 3)( x 3) 5 5
5 5 x 15 5 5( x 3)
Step 3.
x 32 25
( x 3)( x 3) 5 5
5 5 x 15 5 5( x 3)
x 32 25
x3
or x 3
5 5 x 15 1
Therefore,
x 32
5 x 15
x3
5 25
x 2 5x 6 x 2 6x 9
e.
x 4x 4
2
x 3x 2 4 x 12
3
Step 1.
x 2 5x 6 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 ( x 3)( x 2) ( x 2)( x 2)( x 3)
x 4x 4
2
x 6x 9
2 ( x 2)( x 2) ( x 3)( x 3)
Step 2.
x 2 5x 6 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 ( x 3)( x 2)( x 2)( x 2)( x 3)
x 4x 4
2
x 6x 9
2 ( x 2)( x 2)( x 3)( x 3)
Step 3.
x 2 5x 6 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 ( x 3)( x 2)( x 2)( x 2)( x 3)
x 4x 4
2
x 6x 9
2 ( x 2)( x 2)( x 3)( x 3)
x 2 5x 6 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 ( x 2)( x 2)
x 4x 4
2
x 6x 9
2 ( x 2)
x 2 5x 6 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 x 2 4x 4
x 2 4x 4 x 2 6x 9 x2
x 2 5x 6 x 2 6x 9 x 2 4x 4
Therefore,
x 2 4x 4 x 3 3x 2 4 x 12 x2
a b b 2 a 2 2a 2 2b 2
f.
ab a 4a 2
a b b 2 a 2 2a 2 2b 2 a b b 2 a 2 4a 2
So,
ab a 4a 2 ab a 2a 2 2b 2
a b b2 a2 4a 2 a b 1(a 2 b 2 ) 2 2 a a
Step 1. 2
ab a 2a 2b 2 a b a 2(a 2 b 2 )
Step 2.
a b b2 a2 4a 2 (a b) 1(a b)(a b) 2 2 a a
2
ab a 2a 2b 2 (a b) a 2(a b)(a b)
Step 3.
a b b2 a2 4a 2 (a b) 1(a b)(a b) 2 2 a a
2
ab a 2a 2b 2 (a b) a 2(a b)(a b)
a b b2 a2 4a 2 (a b) 1 2 a
2
ab a 2a 2b 2 ( a b)
a b b2 a2 4a 2 2a 2 2ab
2
ab a 2a 2b 2 a b
a b b 2 a 2 2a 2 2b 2 2a 2 2ab
Therefore,
ab a 4a 2 ab
Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions. In general, we add and
subtract rational algebraic expressions using the rules in adding and
subtracting fractions. In rational expressions, we state these rules as:
Note: These rules are generally intended for adding and subtracting similar
rational algebraic expressions where the denominators are the same. Thus, in
adding or subtracting similar rational algebraic expressions, we simply add or
subtract the numerator and copy the common denominator.
2 8c
a.
5 5
4q 7 5 2 q
b.
2q 1 2 q 1
2 8c
c.
5 5
4q 7 5 2 q
d.
2q 1 2 q 1
8y 16
e.
y2 y2
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
f.
y 3 y 10
2
y 3 y 10
2
y 3 y 10
2
Solutions:
2 8c 2 8c
a.
5 5 5
4q 7 5 2 q 4q 7 5 2q
b.
2q 1 2 q 1 2q 1
6q 2
2q 1
2 8c 2 8c
c.
5 5 5
4q 7 5 2q 4q 7 (5 2q)
d.
2q 1 2 q 1 2q 1
4q 7 5 2q
Note: We need to change the signs of
2q 1
all terms of the subtrahend).
2q 12
2q 1
8y 16 8 y 16
e.
y2 y2 y2
8( y 2)
Note: We factor the numerator because one
y2
of its factors is equal to one of the factors of
the denominator. Here we can apply
Equivalent Fraction Property.
=8
5 y 10 y2 3y 2 5 y 10 y 2 (3 y 2)
f.
y 2 3 y 10 y 2 3 y 10 y 2 3 y 10 y 2 3 y 10
5 y 10 y 2 3 y 2)
Changing the sign of
y 2 3 y 10
the subtrahend
3y 6
Combining like terms in the
y 2 3 y 10
numerator
3( y 2)
Factoring
( y 5)( y 2)
3
y 5
4q 7 5 2q
b. &
4q 2 1 2q 1
Step 1. Factors of the denominators are: 4q 2 1 (2q 1)(2q 1)
2q 1 2q 1
Thus, the LCM or LCD of 4q 1 & 2q 1 is (2q 1)(2q 1) .
2
Step 2.
4q 7 4q 7
2q 1(2q 1)
4q 1 (2q 1)(2q 1)
2
4q 7
5 2q
(2q 1)(2q 1) (5 2q )( 2q 1)
2q 1
4q 2 12q 5
4q 7 5 2q
Therefore, & are equivalent to
4q 1
2 2q 1
4q 7 4q 2 12q 5
& .
(2q 1)( 2q 1) (2q 1)( 2q 1)
2 8c
c. &
a b ba
Step 2.
2
a b 2 & 8c 8c a b 8c
a b b a ( a b)
2 8c 2 8c
Therefore, & are equivalent to & .
a b ba ( a b) ( a b)
8y 16
d. &
2y 4 y 2 4y 4
Step 1. By factoring, we have 2 y 4 2( y 2)
y 2 4 y 4 ( y 2)( y 2)
Therefore, the LCM/LCD is 2( y 2)( y 2).
Step 2.
8y
8y
2( y 2)( y 2) 8 y 2 16 y
2 y 4 2( y 2)
16
16
2( y 2)( y 2) 32
y2 4y 4 ( y 2)( y 2)
8y 16
Therefore, & are equivalent to
2y 4 y 2 4y 4
8 y 2 16 y 32
& .
2( y 2)( y 2) 2( y 2)( y 2)
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
e. ; ;&
y 3 y 10 y 25
2 2
y y2
2
5 y 10 5 y 10
Step 2. ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y 3 y 10
2 ( y 5)( y 2)
(5 y 10 )( y 5)( y 1) or 5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 .
y2 y2
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y 25
2 ( y 5)( y 5)
( y 2)( y 2)( y 1) or y 3 3 y 2 4.
3y 2 3y 2
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y y2
2 ( y 2)( y 1)
(3 y 2)( y 5)( y 5) or 3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50.
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
Therefore, ; ;& are equivalent to
y 3 y 10 y 25
2 2
y y2
2
5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 y 3 3y 2 4 3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50
; ;& .
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1) ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1) ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
2 8c
c.
a b ba
8y 16
d.
2y 4 y2 4y 4
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
e.
y 3 y 10
2
y 25
2
y y2
2
Solutions:
2 8c
a.
3 5
For transformation:
Step 1. The LCM or LCD of 3 and 5 is 3 • 5.
2
Step 2. 3 5 10 Then, 2 10 .
3 3 15
8c 8c 24c 2 8c
(3 5) 24c Then, . Thus, & are equivalent
5 5 15 3 5
10 24c
to & .
15 15
4q 7 5 2q
b.
4q 2 1 2q 1
For transformation:
Step 1. Factors of the denominators are: 4q 2 1 (2q 1)(2q 1)
2q 1 2q 1
Thus, the LCM or LCD of 4q 1 & 2q 1 is (2q 1)(2q 1) .
2
4q 7 4q 7
Step 2. 2q 1(2q 1) ;
4q 1 (2q 1)(2q 1)
2
4q 7
5 2q
(2q 1)(2q 1) (5 2q )( 2q 1)
2q 1
4q 2 12q 5
4q 7 5 2q
Therefore, & are equivalent to
4q 1
2 2q 1
4q 7 4q 2 12q 5
& .
(2q 1)( 2q 1) (2q 1)( 2q 1)
4q 7 4q 2 12q 5
=
(2q 1)(2q 1)
4q 2 16q 2
(2q 1)( 2q 1)
4q 2 16q 2
4q 2 1
Note: The GCF of numerator and denominator is 1. Thus, the
answer is in simplified form.
2 8c
c.
a b ba
For Transformation:
Step 1. By inspection, the denominators are just having the same
variables but having different signs. By factoring, we have
a b a b
b a ( a b)
Thus, the LCM/LCD is (a b).
Step 2.
2
a b 2 & 8c 8c a b 8c
a b b a ( a b)
2 8c 2 8c
Therefore, & are equivalent to & .
a b ba ( a b) ( a b)
Now, let’s subtract:
2 8c 2 8c
a b b a ( a b) ( a b)
2 8c
( a b)
2(1 4c)
Factoring Common Monomial
( a b)
Factor
2(1 4c)
-2 divided by -1 = 2 (Rule of Signs)
( a b)
2 8c
Distributive
a b
8y 16
d.
2y 4 y2 4y 4
For transformation:
Step 1. By factoring, we have 2 y 4 2( y 2)
y 4 y 4 ( y 2)( y 2)
2
8( y 2 2 y 4)
Common monomial factoring
2( y 2)( y 2)
4( y 2 2 y 4)
Dividing 8 by 2 (Closure)
( y 2)( y 2)
4 y 2 8 y 16
Simplified Form
y 2 4y 4
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
e.
y 3 y 10
2
y 25
2
y y2
2
For transformation:
Step 1. By factoring, we have y 2 3 y 10 ( y 5) ( y 2)
y 2 25 ( y 5) ( y 5)
y y2
2
( y 2) ( y 1)
Therefore, the LCM/LCD is ( y 5) ( y 2) ( y 5) ( y 1) .
5 y 10 5 y 10
Step 2. ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y 3 y 10
2 ( y 5)( y 2)
(5 y 10 )( y 5)( y 1) or 5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 .
y2 y2
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y 2 25 ( y 5)( y 5)
( y 2)( y 2)( y 1) or y 3 3 y 2 4.
3y 2 3y 2
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
y y2
2 ( y 2)( y 1)
(3 y 2)( y 5)( y 5) or 3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50.
5 y 10 y2 3y 2
Therefore, ; ;& are equivalent to
y 3 y 10 y 25
2 2
y y2
2
5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 y 3 3y 2 4 3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50
; ;& .
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1) ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1) ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
5 y 10 y2 3y 2 5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 y 3 3y 2 4
y 2 3 y 10 y 2 25 y2 y 2 ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1) ( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 y 3 3 y 2 4 (3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50)
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
5 y 3 10 y 2 65 y 50 y 3 3 y 2 4 3 y 3 2 y 2 75 y 50
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
3 y 3 15 y 2 10 y 4
( y 5)( y 2)( y 5)( y 1)
3 y 3 15 y 2 10 y 4
y 4 y 3 27 y 2 25 y 50
u 72
c. 4
u 6 u 2 36
Solutions:
1 2
a. 1
6 x
Step 1. LCD is 6x.
1 2
Step 2. (6 x) (6 x) 1(6 x) Multiplying each term by 6x
6 x
x 12 6x Closure or Multiplication Fact
Step 3. Then, by combining like terms,
x 6x 12 Addition Property of Equality (Adding both
sides by -6x and -12)
5x 12 Closure (Subtraction Fact)
12
x Multiplication Property of Equality (Multiplying
5
1
both sides by .
5
12
x Rule of signed numbers (Negative divide negative is
5
positive).
12
The possible solution is x .
5
1 2
Step 4. 1
6 x
1 2
1
6 12
5
1 5
2 1
6 12
1 5
1
6 6
1 5
1
6
12
1 1 Thus, the solution is x .
5
x 1 2 4
b.
x2 4 x2 x2
Step 1. x 2 4 ( x 2)( x 2) Factoring denominators
x2 x2
x2 x2
The LCD is ( x 2)( x 2) .
x 1 2 4
Step 2. ( x 2)( x 2) ( x 2)( x 2) ( x 2)( x 2)
x2 4 x2 x2
x 1 2 ( x 2 ) 4( x 2 )
Step 3. x 1 2x 4 4x 8
x 1 6x 4 Combining like terms (Addition Fact)
x 6x 4 1 Combining like terms (Addition Fact)
5x 5 Combining like terms (Addition Fact)
5
x MPE
5
x 1 Closure or Division Fact
The possible solution is x 1 .
x 1 2 4
Step 4.
x 4
2 x 2 x 2
(1) 1 2 4
(1) 4 (1) 2 (1) 2
2
2 2 4
3 1 3
2 6 4
3 3 3
2 2
Thus, the solution is x 1 .
3 3
u 72
c. 4
u 6 u 2 36
Step 1. u 6 u 6 Factoring denominators
u 2 36 (u 6) (u 6)
The LCD is (u 6)(u 6) .
u 72
Step 2. (u 6)(u 6) 2 (u 6)(u 6) 4(u 6)(u 6)
u6 u 36
u (u 6) 72 4(u 6)(u 6) Simplifying
3u 2 6u 72 0
3(u 2 2u 24) 0 Factoring
3(u 6)(u 4 0
3 0; u 6 0; u 4 0 Zero Product Property
3 0 is false equation.
u 72
Step 4. 4
u 6 u 2 36
(6) (4)
For u 6 ; For u 4 ;
72 72
4 4
(6) 6 (6) 2 36 (4) 6 (4) 36
2
6 72 4 72
4 4
0 36 36 10 16 36
4 72
Undefined Equation 4
10 20
4 72 80
10 20 20
4 8
10 20
2 2
5 5
Therefore, the only solution is u 4 .
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Tell whether the given expression is Rational Algebraic
Expression or NOT. Justify your answer. (If face-to-face, then this part can
be done through oral recitation. If modular, students should write their answers
on their answer sheet.)
2
1. 1 6. u 4
x
2 4x
2. 2 r 7. 1
5x 5
2x 2 8
3. u 4 8. x 3
x2
10
2
u2 4y 3
4. 9.
2st x2
2 p2 3p 4
5. x 3 10. 2
x2 p2
5
Part 2. Directions: Tell whether each of the given expression is Simplified or
NOT. If NOT, simplify the expression. (If face-to-face, then this part can be
done through oral recitation. If modular, students should write their answers on
their answer sheet.)
4
1.
4x 4
x 2 4x 4
2.
x3 8
x 2 4x 4
3.
x 3 x 2 4x 4
4a 4
4.
a 1
x y
5. 4
x y
2
Part 3. Find 2 members of your group and answer the following items below.
Write your group output in a piece of paper and have a proof of discussion or
collaboration with your members through video or audio recording or
screenshots of conversation/discussion.
Rubric:
Proof of Discussion/Collaboration --------------------------25 points
Accuracy of Solution ------------------------------------------25 (5 points/item)
Total --------------------------------------------------------------50 points
u2 4y 1 2
1. Evaluate if u 2, y , s 2,&t .
2st 2 5
x 2 4x 4
2. Find the value/s of x in the expression to make this
x 3 x 2 4x 4
undefined.
2 5 7
3. Perform the indicated operations and simplify: 2
7
.
3x 4x 6x 3
4. Perform the indicated operations and simplify:
2 y 1 y 3 y
.
4 y 3y 7
2 y 1 4 y 7
5. Perform the indicated operations and simplify:
4x 9
2
3x 23x 14
2
6 x 13x 6
2
.
12 x 12
2
x 4x 3
2
x 2 2x 1
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University.
Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be
sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For
those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 13
Part 1. Directions: Read, understand, and answer each item below by choosing
the letter of the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet. (2 points
per item)
1. Which of the following is NOT a rational algebraic expression?
A. 5
2
B.
5
1
C.
( x 1)( x 2) 2
2x
D.
3 2x 2x 2
1
E. 2 x
3 2x 2x 2
A. Only I is TRUE.
B. Only II is TRUE.
C. I & III are TRUE.
D. II & IV are TRUE.
E. None of these statements is TRUE.
3. What would be the restricted value/s of the variable so that the expression
2x 4
is always defined? A. None
3 2x 2x 2
B. -2
C. -1
D. 0
E. 2
2x 2 y
4. In an expression , what is/are the possible value/s of y if
3 2x 2x 2
2x 2 y 1
when x = -2?
3 2x 2x 2 6
39
A.
2
39
B.
12
C. 0
39
D.
12
39
E.
2
4s 4 9
C.
8s 3 27
s2 9
D.
s 3 27
9( y x)
E.
x2 y2
3r 12 r 1 r 2 8r 16
6. What is the result if you multiply the sum of & 2 to 2 ?
r 4 r 16 3r 25r 49
A. r 4
B. r 4
r4
C.
r4
r4
D.
r4
E. None of the choices
x 2 8 x 16
7. What is the result when you subtract the expression from the
4x 2 6x 9
2x 2 x 3 8 x 3 27
quotient of ?
x 2 1 x 2 2x 1
x 2 9 x 17
A.
4x 2 6x 9
x 2 9 x 17
B.
4x 2 6x 9
x 2 9 x 17
C.
4 x 2 12 x 9
x 2 9 x 17
D.
4 x 2 12 x 9
E. None of the Choices
x 2 5x 2 2 x 9
8. What is/are the solution/s of the equation ?
2 x 2 3x 3 12 x 2 12
A. -1
B. 0
C. 1
D. -1 and 1
E. No solution
8
9. In an equation , what is the value of to make the
4 p 16 4 p 2 64
equation CORRECT?
A. 8 p
B. p 4
C. 8 p 32
D. 8 p 32
E. 8( p 32 )
10. Racso can finish cleaning the house for 10 hours while Riza can do the same
for 15 hours. If they work together at their own rate, how long will they finish
cleaning the said house?
A. 5 hours
B. 6 hours
C. 7 hours
D. 8 hours
E. 10 hours
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
B. Topic Content
Activity 1
Describe Me!
Directions: Examine the table below and answer the questions that follow. Use piece
of paper as your answer sheet. Write your answers only.
1 1
1.
1. 3 3
5
2
1 x2
2.
2. 3x 3x 2 4 x 12
3
4p 3 p2
3. 3.
3 p 2
p2
p2
3
p2 p2
4. 3
4.
p p3
p2
p2 3 p2
3 5.
p3 p4 p3
5.
2
p
3
Questions:
1. Which of the two columns is always considered as examples of rational
algebraic expressions?
2. Which of the examples of complex fraction examples is considered a rational
algebraic expression and why did you consider that example as rational
expression?
3. Which of the two columns has fraction in the numerator, denominator or both?
4. Based from your observation, how will you define complex fraction in your
own words?
It’s nice to know that there are some algebraic expressions that contains
fractions either in the numerator or denominator or both. These expressions can be
simplified by using several operations. To deepen our understanding with this lesson,
here are the concepts and processes that we should know well. Let’s explore these.
Mathematical Concepts
Note: There are some complex fractions that are considered rational
expressions. That is, if there is NO variable in the denominator/s in the
fraction/s of the numerator, denominator, or both of the complex fraction.
1 p2
3
3 4p 3
Examples: ; ;
5 3 p2 p
2
2 3
Steps in Simplifying Complex Fraction
1. Find the LCD of the denominator/s of the fraction/s of the numerator,
denominator, or both of the complex fraction.
2. Express this LCD as improper fraction equal to 1. That is, if P is the
P
LCD, then 1.
P
P
3. Multiply the given complex fraction by this LCD expressed as . (Use
P
distributive property in multiplying numerator by numerator and
denominator by denominator). Note: Recall the Equivalent Fraction
Property.
4. Reduced the resulting fraction if possible.
3
Step 2. 1
3
1
3 3 1
Step 3.
5 3 15
1
1 3 1
Step 4. is in lowest term. So, .
15 5 15
2
Step 2. 1
2
4p 2 8p
Step 3.
3 p2 2 3 p2
2
8p 4p 8p
Step 4. is in simplified form. Thus,
3 p 2
3 p 2
3 p2
2
.
2
1
c. 3x
3
Step 1. The LCD of 3x and 1 is 3x.
3x
Step 2. 1
3x
2 2
1 1(3x)
Step 3. 3x
3x 3 x
3 3x 3(3x)
2
(3x) 1(3x)
3x
9x
2 3x
9x
2
1
2 3x 2 3x
Step 4. is already simplified. Thus, 3x .
9x 3 9x
p2
3
p3
d.
2
p
3
Step 1. The LCD of 1, p + 3, & 3 is 3 (p + 3).
3( p 3)
Step 2. 1
3( p 3)
p2 p2
3 33( p 3) 3( p 3)
p 3 3( p 3) p3
Step 3.
3( p 3)
p3( p 3) 3( p 3)
2 2
p
3 3
9( p 3) 3 p 2
3 p( p 3) 2( p 3)
9 p 27 3 p 2
3p2 9 p 2 p 6
9 p 27 3 p 2
3p2 7 p 6
9 p 27 3 p 2
Step 4. is in simplified form but it could be
3p2 7 p 6
p2
3
p 3 3 p 2 9 p 27
arranged in standard form. Thus, .
p
2 3p2 7 p 6
3
1 2 1 2
8x (3) (5) 8 x(5)
3 3 5 5
3 5
5 3 x2 5 5(3) x(5) 2(5)
1 2 40 x
.
15 5 x 10
2 p
4p 4
b.
3 p2 1 p
2 p2 4
4p
Step 1. The LCD of 1 and -2 of is -2.
3 p2
2
2 p
In 4 , the LCD of 4 and p 2 4 ( p 2)( p 2) is
1 p
p2 4
4( p 2)( p 2) .
Then,
2 p 2 p
4p 4 4p 2 4 4( p 2)( p 2)
3 p 2 1 p 3 p 2 2 1 p 4( p 2)( p 2)
2 p2 4 2 p2 4
2 p
4 p(2)
4( p 2)( p 2)
4
3 p2 1 p
(2) 4( p 2)( p 2)
2 ( p 2)( p 2)
8p (2 p)( p 2)( p 2)
3 p2 4(1 p)
8p p3 2 p2 4 p 8
3 p2 4(1 p)
8p p3 2 p2 4 p 8
Now, we need to simplify .
3 p2 4(1 p)
8p p3 2 p2 4 p 8
By inspection, the LCD of is 4(1 p)(3 p 2 ) .
3 p2 4(1 p)
Hence,
8p p 2p2 4p 8
3
8p 4(1 p)(3 p 2 ) p 3 2 p 2 4 p 8 4(1 p)(3 p 2 )
3 p2 4(1 p) 3 p 2 4(1 p)(3 p 2 ) 4(1 p) 4(1 p)(3 p 2 )
32 p 32 p 2 p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 14 p 2 12 p 24
4(1 p)(3 p 2 ) 4(1 p)(3 p 2 )
8p p 3 2 p 2 4 p 8 32 p 32 p 2 p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 14 p 2 12 p 24
3 p 2
4(1 p) 4(1 p)(3 p 2 )
p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 46 p 2 20 p 24
4(1 p)(3 p 2 )
Step 2.
p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 46 p 2 20 p 24 p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 46 p 2 20 p 24
4(1 p)(3 p 2 ) 4 p 3 4 p 2 12 p 12
2 p
4p 4 p 5 2 p 4 7 p 3 46 p 2 20 p 24
Therefore, .
3 p2 1 p 4 p 3 4 p 2 12 p 12
2 p2 4
2 x2 9
1
2x 7x 3
2
c. 3x
3 x 3
3x
2
1
Step1. The LCD of 3x and 1 in 3x is 3x.
3
x2 9
x3
3x
.
And so,
2 x2 9 2 x2 9
1 1
3x 2 x 2
7 x 3 3 x 3 x 2x 7x 3
2 3 x ( 2 x 2
7 x 3)
3 x3 3 3 x x 3 3 x ( 2 x 2
7 x 3)
3x 3x
3
2
x
(3x) 1(3x)
2 x
x2 9
2
7 x 3
3x(2 x 2 7 x 3)
3(3x) x 3
3x
3x(2 x 2 7 x 3)
2 3x 3x( x 2 9)
9x ( x 3)(2 x 2 7 x 3)
p2 p3
3
p3 3p
d. 2
p
2 3p 7 p 6
3
p2
3
p3
Step 1. The LCD of 1, (p + 3), & 3 in is 3(p + 3).
2
p
3
p3
3p
The LCD of 3p and 1 in is 3p.
3p2 7 p 6
p2 p3 p2 p3
3 3
p3 3p p 3 3( p 3) 3p 3p
So, 2 2
2 3p 7 p 6 2 3( p 3) 3p 7 p 6 3p
p p
3 3
p2 p3
33( p 3) 3( p 3) (3 p)
p3 3p
p3( p 3) 3( p 3)
2 (3 p 2 7 p 6)(3 p)
3
9 p 27 3 p 2 p3
3p 9 p 2 p 6
2
(3 p 7 p 6)(3 p)
2
3 p 9 p 27
2
p3
3p 7 p 6
2
(3 p 7 p 6)(3 p)
2
(3 p 2 9 p 27)(3 p)
p3
(3 p 2 9 p 27)(3 p)
Step 2. Let us simplify .
p3
(3 p 2 9 p 27)(3 p) 9 p 3 27 p 2 81 p
p3 p3
p2 p3
3
p3 3p 9 p 3 27 p 2 81 p
Therefore, 2 .
2 3p 7 p 6 p3
p
3
Question/Reflection Section: (Write your question/s or reflection here)
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
C. Drill
Part 1. Answer the following questions orally.
1. What are the similarities and differences of complex fraction and non-
complex rational expression?
2. How do you explain the statement ―Some complex fractions are
rational expressions and some rational expressions are complex
fractions‖?
3. How do we simplify complex fraction?
4. How do we perform operation/s involving complex fraction/s?
Part 2. Pair Activity. Find a partner and simplify the following expressions. Write
only one set of outputs for your pair and submit after you and your pair discussed
your final output.
r r2
1.
2x
4. 2r 2r
4x 2 r2 2r
1
x2 r2 2
x r r2
2
2. 2 x 5. 2r r 2 4r 4
4 x2 r2 4 2r
1
1
x2 r2 2r
r r2
2
3. 2r 2r
r2 2r
1
1
r2 2
Rubric for Part 2:
Accuracy of Solution --------------------------- 3 points
Neatness and Organization of Solution ----- 2 points
Total ---------------------------------------------- 5 points/item
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work
in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of
documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your
work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a
piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 14
Part 1. Directions: Read, understand, and answer each item below by choosing the
letter of the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet. (2 points per
item)
1. Which of the following is/are complex fraction/s?
2x 2x 2x
I. 2 5x II. III. IV. V.
4x 2 4x 5 16 x 100
2
2 2(2 x 5)
x
2
3 x
x2 2
2 x
A. I & II
B. I & III
C. I, II, & III
D. II, IV, & V
E. All of the above
2. Which of the following is/are complex fraction/s and at the same time rational
algebraic expression/s?
2x 2x 2x
I. 2 5x II. III. IV. V.
4x 2 4x 5 16 x 100
2
2 2(2 x 5)
x
2
3 x
x2 2
2 x
A. I only
B. II only
C. I & III
D. I, II, & III
E. II, IV, & V
x
2
3. Which of the following is the simplified form of 3 x ?
x2 2
2 x
2 x(6 x)
A. .
( x 3)(4 x 3 )
2 x( x 6)
B.
( x 3)(4 x 3 )
2 x 2 12 x
C.
x 4 3x 3 4 x 12
2 x 2 12 x
D.
x 4 3x 3 4 x 12
2 x 2 12
E.
x 4 3x 3 4 x 12
x
2
4. What is the value of 3 x if x =
1
?
x2 2 2
2 x
104
A.
217
102
B.
217
104
C.
217
102
D.
217
E. None of the choices
4
1
5. What is the result if you subtract x from the product o
x
2
3
4 x2 4x
x & x2 ?
2 x 1
x2
4 x 3 32 x 2 51x 12
A.
x 2 6x
4 x 3 32 x 2 51x 12
B.
x 2 6x
4 x 3 32 x 2 51x 12
C.
x 2 6x
4 x 3 32 x 2 51x 12
D.
x 2 6x
E. None of the choices.
Introduction
There are some algebraic expressions that involve exponents and radicals.
These expressions possess beauty and order if we recognize their essence, pattern, and
appearance. However, some of us are NOT at ease with these expressions because in
our natural set-up, we don’t actually express ourselves through algebraic expressions.
We communicate with one another using our own language.
On the other side, we talk and discuss these expressions in Mathematics
courses. Even though, we take it seriously or lightly, we need to learn these in order to
understand some complex expressions that we will encounter in other higher math
courses. As a matter of fact, there are some social media users who posted algebraic
expressions with exponents and radicals to challenge his/her viewers or subscribers.
This situation encourages some math enthusiasts to take the challenge. Thus, this
chapter will guide us in unfolding our difficulties and will equip us the pre-requisite
skills that are needed for other mathematical tasks involving zero, negative and
rational exponents and radicals.
General Objectives:
At the end of this chapter, the students must have:
1. Demonstrated in-depth knowledge in discussing, simplifying, and
performing operations of algebraic expressions with exponents and
radicals by performing the included activity/exercises/performance task per
lesson; and
2. Appreciated the existence and importance of algebraic expressions
involving exponents and radicals.
A. Specific Objectives:
At the end of this lesson, the students must have:
1. Familiarized the definitions of exponents, zero exponents, and negative
exponents;
2. Simplified algebraic expressions with zero and negative exponents;
3. Performed different operations involving expressions with zero and
negative exponents; and
4. Cited some real-life applications of exponents.
B. Topic Content
Let’s start exploring some important concepts regarding zero and negative
exponents.
Mathematical Concepts:
Exponent – a number that indicates how many times the base/factor is to be
multiplied by itself. Example: In 2 3 , 3 is the exponent and 2 is the base/factor.
23 means that we need to multiply 2 by itself 3 times that is 2●2●2=8.
Zero Exponent – an exponent which is equal to 0. For any nonzero base b , we
bn bn
define b 0 = 1 because n b nn b 0 and n 1 where b is the base, b 0
b b
and 0 is the exponent. Thus, any nonzero number or quantity raised to zero is
equal to 1.
Examples: 30 1 ; 2 3x 5 4
2 0
1 ; 10 0 30 (12 x) 0 1 1 1 1
Negative Integral Exponent – an exponent which is a negative integer. For any
1 1 b0
nonzero base b , we define b n n and n b n because n b 0n b n
b b b
0 0
b 1 1 b
and n n . Likewise, n n b 0n b n . (Note: b 0 and n is a
b b b b
positive integer). Thus, any nonzero number or quantity raised to a negative
integral exponent is equal to its reciprocal with positive integral exponent.
1 1 2x
Examples: 4 3 3 ; 5
2x x 5 2x 6 ;
4 64 x
2
7 x 49 14 x x 2
2
2x
7 x 2x 4x 2
Rational Exponent - an exponent which is a rational number (whole numbers,
fractions, mixed numbers, and decimals, together with their negatives).
Exponents rules and properties (For a, b, c, m, n 0)
Rule name Rule Examples
b n · b m = b n+m 23 · 24 = 27 = 128
Product rules
b n · c n = (b · c) n 32 · 42 = (3·4)2 = 144
bn 25
m
b nm 3
22 4
b 2
Quotient rules
n 3
bn b 43 4
23 8
cn c 23 2
1 1 1
b n 32
bn 32 9
Negative exponents
1 1
n
bn 4
4 4 256
b 4
b0 = 1 50 = 1
Zero rules
0n = 0 , for n>0 05 = 0
b1 = b 51 = 5
One rules 15 = 1
1n = 1, for n
1-20 = 1
(-1)5 = -1
Negative one rule
(-1)1001 = 1
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Simplify each of the following exponential expressions orally.
Just express your answer with positive exponent or simplified form if possible.
1. 10 2
2. 8 3
3. 2 5 2 5
4. 33 35
5. 10 2 10 0
6. x 5 x 2 x 0
7. 10 2 0 1
20
8. 0100 1 x 0
32
3
4
9.
5
0
78
10. 8
7
2
a2 b2
11.
ab
12. 32
3
13. 3x
3 2
y0
3
60 3
14. 2
9
16 2 c 4 d 0
15.
2c 5 d
2
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use
A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure
to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who
are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these
in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 15
Rubric:
Accuracy of Solution -------------------------------- 3 points
Neatness/Organization of Solution ---------------- 2 points
Total --------------------------------------------------- 5 points
A. Specific Objectives:
At the end of this lesson, the students must have:
1. Familiarized the definition of rational exponent;
2. Simplified algebraic expressions with rational exponents;
3. Performed different operations involving expressions with rational exponents;
and
4. Cited some real-life applications of exponents.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts:
Laws/Rules of Exponents
Power rules
1 1
b b
n n
64 3 64 4
3
n 1
1 1 1 1 1
b m
n
16 2
1
m
m
bn 2
16 4
b 16
Negative exponents
1 1
n
bn 4
4 4 256
b 4
C. Drill
3
7. 3
2
2. 2 x 5
2a 2
7
3. 5 8. 12 5
9. 5s
2
2
3
3
4. w 3
5. 2w8 1 2
10.
2
Part 2. Directions: Answer the following questions on the board (for face – to –
face) or in a piece of paper/Microsoft Word (for online):
1. Give 5 exponential expressions illustrating fractional (rational) exponents.
2. How did you formulate expressions with rational exponents?
b a
2 1
6 3 2
b2 2
3. Simplify: 1
1
a b 2 b2
4. How did you simplify the expression in item 3?
5. Can you cite an example of a real-life situation where simplifying rational
exponent is applicable?
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use
A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure
to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who
are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these
in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 16
3 5
2 2
1. 4 7. 25
2 1
3 52
2 x
3
2. 64
1 8. 5
3. 81 3
43 x 2
3
1 2
1
4. 3 2
64 9.
2 1 7
5. 3 3 3 5 2
3
10. 3 3 3 2
54 204
3 3
6.
B. Directions: Read and answer each item below. Show your complete solution or
arguments in a 1 whole piece of paper to show your final answer. Attach your
paper here.
1 1 1 1
1
1. Simplify: 10 3
10 2
10 10 10 10
1 2 3
1 1 1
2. Simplify: 2 2 2 ...
2 4 8
1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1
3. Show that 25 2 8 3 4 2 27 0 16 2 6 3 2 3 3 3 4 2 2 225 2 .
a7
1
4. Show that a 21b 15c 6 3 5 2 if a,b,c .
bc
5. Show that a 50 a 40 a 30 ... a 30 a 40 a 50 1 if a .\
Rubric:
Accuracy of Solution --------------------------------------------- 3 points
Neatness/Organization ------------------------------------------- 2 points
Total ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5 points
Lesson 3. RADICALS
A. Specific Objectives
At the end of the lesson, the students must have:
1. Defined radicals in their own words;
2. Rewritten radicals into expression with rational exponents and vice versa;
3. Applied laws of radicals in simplifying expressions with radicals; and
4. Cite the practical applications of radicals in real-life situation.
B. Topic Content
Let us explore radicals by studying the following concepts and doing some activities
below:
Mathematical Concepts:
Radical sign – a sign/symbol n where n 2 .
Radical expression – an expression containing a radical sign.
Examples: 2 5; 3 4 ;125 256 st 3
In the radical expression 25 2a 4 , -2 is the coefficient, 5 is the index/root, 2a 4 is
the radicand.
To rewrite expression with fractional exponent to radical expression and vice
m
versa, we need to follow the format b n bm
n
or
base denomin ator base
numerator numerator
deno min ator .
Examples:
2s d 2s d
3 7
5 7 5
1. 5 5 3 3
4 4 4. 3
2a b
2
2
2. 3 5 5 2a 3b
5. 212 x 3 2x 312
23
23
1
3. 23 23 2
Activity 1
Rewrite Me!
3
83
1
2. 2 s 13
7.
2a r
3
3 5
3.
2a
2
3 3 3
8.
7
4. 2r
32 abc
4
3 5
11sr
1
9.
5. 4
Part 3. Directions: Answer the following questions orally (for F2F) or write your
answer in your paper (for Online).
1. How do you define radical expression?
2. How did you rewrite radical expression into expression with rational
exponent?
3. How did you rewrite expression with rational exponent into radical
expression?
4. Why do we need to know rewriting radical expression into expression with
rational exponents or vice versa?
Laws of Radicals
Mathematical Concepts:
Laws of Radicals
a) n
a n a (where a 0 and n 1 )
b) m
(a ) m a (where m is an even number)
c) m
(a ) m a (where m is an odd number)
d) n
ab n a n b (for any nonnegative real numbers a and b and positive
integers n)
n
a a
e) n n
(for any nonnegative real numbers a and b and positive integers
b b
n)
f) n m
a m n a (for any nonnegative real number a and positive integers m &
n)
Examples:
1. 3
23 2
2. 5
243 5 (35 ) 3 (243 can be rewritten as 35 )
3. 4
(2) 4 2 because (2) 4 16
4. 3
(5) 3 5 because (5) 3 125
5. 3
250 3 5 3 2 3 53 3 2 53 2 (250 = 2 53 by prime
factorization)
32 5
32 5
(2) 5 2
6. 5 5
243 243 5
35 3
7. 3
34 6 34
4 2
8. 3
16 16 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 4
6 6 4 6 3
Examples:
Directions: Fill in the missing information in every box and derive the law of
radicals from the each illustration below.
3
4 3 4 3 41 4
3
2
24
2
24 2 241 24
5
36
1. 5
36
5
36 5 36 ____
1
Answers: (3a)1 3a
10
10
(3a )10 (3a ) 10 ____ _____ n an a
n a n _____
2
(2) 2 4 2 2 2 2 21 2 6
4
6 36 3 6 31
4
(11) 4 4 14641 4
114 11 4 111 11
20
2. 6
(3) 729 ___ ____ ____ 3
6 6
Answers: 1 1
20 20 20
1 20
11 1
(1) 20 ____ ___ 11 ____ m (a) m a
20 20 20
1
m (a) m ____
3
8 x 2 3 8 x 2 23 x 2 2 x 2 2 x 2
3 3 3 3 3
12 4 3 4 3 2 3 2 3
7 c7 7 e7
16 y 16 y 2 y 2 y 2 y
4 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 2
4. Answers:
n ab n a n b
c e ____ _____ c e ce
7 7 7
n ab ____ _____
1 1 1
4 4 2
3 3
3 3 3
3 5 5
64 3 4 2 2
64
x4 4
x4 x
5
a 5 a
5. 4 Answers:
81 4 3
81 a na
2
n
5 ___ ____ b nb
a5
a
n ____
b
3 4
5 34 5 12 5
3 2 2 3 4 3 15 15
6. 5 3
15 53 15 ____ Answers: 105 50
10 5
50 ____ 50 50 m n a mn a
m n a ____
Activity 2
Try Me!
Part 1. Directions: State the law of radicals that you can derive from the given 4
statements for each item below..
d2 d 4
11 8 11
3
41 41
3
3
6 6 6
5
1 1
1. 5 6. 30 4 30
3 3
23 30
q 690 q
15
x 15 x
(12) 2 12 4a 4 a 2 a
8
(21) 8 21 3
53 f 3 3 53 3 f 3 5 f
2. 20
( s ) 20 s 7. 10
1010 d 10 1010 10 d 1010 d
100
(100)100 100 33
2 33 d 20 33 2 33 33 d 20 233 d 20
2 2
9 3
1 1 3
(10) 3 10
3
8 2 5
(2 s ) 5 2 s
32 1
3. 5 8. 101
(18)101 18
100000 5 29
3 10 3 2
29
2
10
w
w
3110
31 a a
s s
3
3
a 2 b 2 ab
2 2
12
12
3
16 3 8 2 23 2
11
2 2
4. 11 9. 35 d 5 g 3d 5 g
5 5
3
81w 3 27 3w 33 3w
101 2
101
2 2
81 9
3
4 6 4 3 2 4 3
4
3
5 3
10 15 10 27 3
1 1
5. 5 11a 10 11a 10. 6
6
r r
20 35 20 4 35 64 8
121 11
Part 2. Directions: Apply the laws of radicals to simplify the given below. Just
state your answer orally.
1. 36 6. 3
81d 3 11. 11
311
2
2. 5
(2d ) 5 7. 3 1000v 3 12. 5
64
3
15
3. 16
(33)16 8. 3
8k 13. 6
15
(7) 5
5
4
4. 4
160 9. 14. 3 16x 3
2
(14)
2
3 2
5. 5 4
10 10. 3
15. 7
1000 514
Simplifying Radicals
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
1. Simplify 16u 3 v 5
Solution:
Step 1. Factor out 16. 16 2 2 2 2 2 4
16u 3 v 5 2 4 u 3 v 5
Step 3. 2 4 u 2 v 4 uv (2 2 ) 2 u 2 (v 2 ) 2 uv
2 2 u v 2 uv 4uv 2 uv
Since there is no radical sign in the denominator, then 16u 3 v 5 = 4uv 2 uv .
2. Simplify 3
24 x 4 y 5
Solution: 3
24 x 4 y 5 3 2 3 3 x 4 y 5 Step 1
= 3
2 3 x 3 y 3 3 3 xy Step 2
= 2 xy 3 3 xy Step 3
3
3. Simplify 3
7
3 33
Solution: 3 3 (Here, we apply the law of radical and the
7 7
rationalization process. We need to determine the factor to be multiplied to
both numerator and denominator of the given radical such that the
denominator will produce a perfect cube root product. Since 3 7 is a prime
factor and the exponent of 7 is 1, then we will use 3
7 2 to make the
3
72
denominator as 3
7 3 and so, we need to multiply the radical by .)
3
72
3
3 3
72 3
3 72 3
3 49 3 147
3
=
7 3
72 3
73 7 7
4
4. Simplify
5
81
4 4
Solution: = Step 1 (Factoring 81 as 3 4 )
5 5 4
81 3
5
4 3 45 3 45 3
= 5 = Step 4 (Rationalizing the
5
34 3 5
35 3
denominator. Since the denominator is 5 3 4 , then we need 5
3 to make the
denominator a perfect 5th root 5 35 .)
5. Simplify 6
256 x 4 y 10
Solution: 6
256 x 4 y 10 6 2 8 x 4 y 10 Step 1 (Factoring 256 as 2 8 )
= 6
26 y 6 6 22 x 4 y 4 Step 2 (Breaking down
perfect and nonperfect roots)
= 2 y6 2 2 x 4 y 4 Step 3 (Removing perfect 6th root)
= 2 y3 2 x 2 y 2 Step 5 (Reducing the index.
We divide the index and all exponents of the radicand by their GCF or
greatest common factor. For this problem, the GCF of 6, 2 and 4 is 2. So, we
divide them by 2.)
6. Simplify 3 8c 2 8d 3
Solution:
3
8c 2 8d 3 3 8(c 2 d 3 ) 3 2 3 (c 2 d 3 ) Step 1
= 3
23 3 c 2 d 3 Step 2
= 23 c 2 d 3 Step 3
Activity 3
Simplify Me!
Part 1. Directions: Simplify the following radicals by removing the perfect nth
root. Show your complete solution in a piece of paper and encircle your final
answer.
5
1. 24 6. 640
2. 1000 7. 3
189a 5
3
3. 128 8. 6
2560 x 7 y 15
3
4. 3000
9. 3
72 x 2 y 6 z 13
4 4
5. 196x
10. 7
a 12b 20
Part 2. Directions: Find a partner and simplify the following radicals by
rationalizing the denominator. Show your complete solution in a piece of paper
and encircle your final answer. Do not forget to write your partner and your name.
3 4
1. 6.
10 27
2
7. 4
21 5x 3
2. 3
25 4x3 y
8. 3
11 36 x 4 y 3
3. 4
20
2a 3 y 5
1 9.
4. 3 75a 2 y 7
x
2
7 10.
5. 5 4
4x 2 y 3
25
Part 3. Directions: Find a partner and simplify the following radicals by reducing
the index. Show your complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your final
answer. Indicate your name and your partner’s name in your answer sheet.
1. 4
9x 2 z 2 6. 20
13 5 x10 y 5
32 a 5 b 5 210 (a 2 3) 6
10
2. 7. 12
3. 6
81x 4 y 2 8. 9
27 g 6 h 3
4. 15
310 ( x y ) 5 9. 21
10 9 d 12 f 6
5. 8
81x 6 y 4 10. 100
2 50 x 70 y 20
Part 4. Directions: Simplify the given radical expressions. Show your complete
solution in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
3
1. 54 3
14.
2. 20 11
3. 56 18
4
15.
4. 243 25
5. 5
64 x
16.
y
6. 81d 5
7. 18 x 9 y 3 z 5 32a 3b 8
17. 4
81xy 8
8. 3
10000 x 5
3a
9. 3
54 xy 2 z 5 18.
3
a2 x
10. 4
48s 5 b 8 c13
4 xy 3 z 7
19. 4
11. 5
960x 6 3x 2 yz 2
12. 9
27 x 6 50( x y ) 7
20. 3
13. 6 25h 4 y 10 3( x y ) 2
Part 5. Directions: Simplify the following radicals. Show your complete solution
in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
1. n
32n x n2
2. 3
8 x 3 12 x 2 y 6 xy 2 y 3
3. 50 x 2 100 x 50
3 5
2x
4.
5
4x 3
5
3 x
5.
x2
73 16 23 2 10 73 8 2 23 2 10
3.
7(2)3 2 23 2 10 (14 2)3 2 10
163 2 10
81 9 90 2
10 8 10 42 2 2
2 2 2 2
4.
90 2
2 2 45 2 2 2 47 2
2
32 50 2 5 5 2 2 (2 2 ) 2 2 5 2 2
2.
4 2 5 2 (4 5) 2 1 2or 2
3
64a 3 8a 6 a 2 12 3 2 6 a 3 2 3 a 6 a 2 2 2 3
3. 3 2 2 3
a 3 2 3 a 6 2 a 2 2 2 3 4 3 a 23 a 3 a 2 3
(4 2 1)3 a 2 3 3 a 2 3
Activity 4
Let’s Add/Subtract!
7. 3
16 33 54 3 2000
3. 12 8 x 2 27 x
3 3
8. 4
32n 54 162n (4 32n )
4. 21 4a 14 81a (2 a )
5
9. 83 8d 2 17 3 27 d 2 3 1000 d 2
5. 4 x (3x x ) 5 x 3
10. 2 xy 3 6 8 x 3 y 3 10 x 5 y 5
Part 2. Directions: Work in pairs and simplify the following radicals and perform
subtraction of radicals. Show your complete solution in a piece of paper and mark
your final answer.
1. 5 6 6
2. 11x y 2 x y 7. 4
32n 54 162n (4 32n )
3. 2b 2 3 a 5 b 2 3 64 a 2 8. 83 8d 2 17 3 27 d 2 3 1000 d 2
4. 4 x 3 x x 5 x 3 9. 2 xy 3 6 8 x 3 y 3 (10 x 5 y 5 )
5. 5 2 xy 34 4 x 2 y 2 (26 8 x 3 y 3 ) 1 3
10. 3 81 (23 16 )
3
6. 3
16 33 54 3 2000
Part 3. Directions: Work in pairs and simplify the following radicals and perform
the indicated operations of radicals. Show your complete solution in a piece of
paper and box your final answer.
1. 2 3 12 3 21 3 20 3
3. 15 27 26 27 3 27 4 243
4. 5 2ab 34 4a 2 b 2 26 8a 3b 3 10 8ab
2 7 1
5.
7 2 4
Multiplication of Radicals
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
1. 3 5 3 5 15
2. 6 24 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 4 3 2 2 2 3 4 3 12
4.
3
2b
3
4ab 3 a 3 2b 3 2 2 ab 3 2b 3 a 3 2b 2 2 ab 3 2b a
3 2 3 ab 2 3 2ab 23 ab 2 3 2ab
2 5
x 2 y 35 2 x 4 5 xy 3 25 x 2 y 4 25 x 2 y 5 xy 3 35 2 x 4 35 2 x 5 xy 3
5. 2 45 x y 2 1 x y xy 3 4 2 x 3 1 2 x xy
2 5 2 3 5 5 3
85 x 2 y 25 x 3 y 4 125 2 x 35 2 x 2 y 3
Case 2. Indices are different. To multiply radicals having different indices, just
follow the steps below.
1. Transform the radicals to powers with fractional exponents;
2. Get the least common denominator and change the fractional exponents into
similar fractions;
3. Rewrite the product as a single radical; and
4. Simplify the results if possible.
LCM LCM
LCM
We can also use the shortcut n
a mb a n
b m
where LCM is the least
common multiple of n and m.
Examples:
1 1 3 2
1. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 6 3 6 6 33 32 6 35 6 243
6 6
6
Using the shortcut: 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 6 33 32 6 35 6 243
2. 43 2 6 32 4 13 2 6 32 4 3 2 6 2 5 4 2 3 2 6 4 2 6 2 6
1 5 2 5
4 2 2 2 5 4 2 7 4 2 6 2 426 2 86 2
6 6 6
6 6
6
Using the shortcut: 4 2 32 4 2 32 4 2 32 4 2 2
3 6 6 2 6 2 5 3 6
46 2 6 2 426 2 86 2
1 1
34 3x 2 y 65 xy 3 3 6 4 3x 2 y 5 xy 3 18 3x 2 y 4 xy 3 5
5 4
5 4
3. 18 3x 2 y 20 xy 3 20 1820 3x 2 y xy 3 1820 35 x10 y 5 x 4 y 12
1820 243 x14 y 17
xy xy
20 20
34 3x 2 y 65 xy 3 3 6 3x 2 y
5 3 4
1820 3x 2 y
20 3
4 5
1 1 1 1
2 3 5 4 9 2 3 5 2 4 9 2 2 53 2 2 9 4
4.
3 2 2 1
2 5 2 9 6 2 35 2 4 2 2 91 6 8 25 4 2 2 32 6 200 6
6 6 4 4
6 6 4 4
6 4
Using the shortcut: 2 5 9 2 5 2 9 2 5 2 9
3 4 3 4 2 3 2 4
6 2 35 2 4 2 2 9 6 8 25 4 2 2 3 2 6 200 6
3 5 2
4 4
4 26 8 3 2 3 4 4 3 26 8 4 5 2 4 5 4 4 4 5 26 8
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 3 4 2 3 8 5 2 20 2 5 8
2 4 2 6 4 2 4 4 6
2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
6 3 4 2 3 (2 ) 5 2 20 2 5 (2 )
4 4 2 3 6 4 4 4 4 3 6
1 1 1 1
5. 6 4 3 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 4 5 2 2 4 20 2 5 4 2 2
1 2
6 3 2 2 3 2 5 4 20 2 5 2
4 2 2 4 4 4 4
6 3 2 2 6 4 20 4 20 24 5 2 2
6 6 2 6 24 20 24 20
0
4 4 6 6 4 4 12 12
4 6 4 12
6 3 2 4 4 2 3 2 8 6 5 4 2 2 4 20 2 5 4 8 6
6 4 3 2 2 2 26 33 2 3 4 5 2 2 4 20 212 5 38 2
6 3 2 2 3 2 4 20 4 20 212 5 3 2 3 2
6 6 2 6 24 20 24 5 4
2 6 2 6 24 20 24 20
0
Let us practice how to multiply radical expressions by doing the next activity.
Activity 5
Let’s Multiply!
Part 1. Directions: Form a group with 3 members and find the product of the
given radicals below. Show your group’s complete solution in a piece of paper
and box your team’s final answer.
1. 4 5 3 5 7. 3
9ab 2 33 3a 4 b 6
2. 32 3 5
8. 35 6 x 3 45 8x 155 3x 4
3. 2 5 12 6 9. 2 ab 3a b 2a 3a 5b
4. 23 100 103 25
5.
2
7
7
2
10. 53 2a 2
4
6.
2 7 21
Part 2. Directions: Form a group with 3 members and find the product of the
given radicals below. Show your team’s complete solution in a piece of paper and
mark your team’s final answer.
1. 3 5 7 3 3 1
7.
2 5
2. 2 11 11
5
8. 114 21 2 3 33 5
3. 4 2 43
9. 2 7
2 23 15 3 5
4. 3 18 6
10. 35 9 2 4 4 26 8
5. a a
6 4 2
6. 24 2 3 3
Part 3. Directions: Find the product of the given radicals below. Show your
complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
3 3 3
1.
4 5
2. 2 3 2 3
3. 35 12 2 2 5 3 6
1
4. 3 2 3 4 2 50
3
3 4 3 2 3 5
5.
3 4
2 5
Division of Radicals
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
18 2 9 3 3
40 2 20 22 5 2 5
1. Divide: 18 40 Solution:
3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5
2 5 5 2 52 25 10
42 6
2. Divide: 42 6 3 6 Solution: 14
3 6
4 20
3. Divide: 4 20 2 Solution: 4 10
2
3 14 4 35 3 14 4 35
4. Divide: 3 14 4 35 2 7 Solution: 2 7 2 7 2 7
3 2
2 5
2
1 1
2 2 1 3
1 2 2 2 2 2
5. Divide: Solution:
2 3 3 3
3 3
2 2 2
3 3 11 3 3 3 11
6. Divide: 3 3 11 Solution:
3 11 3 11 3 3 112
9 3 11 9 3 11
9 11 2
2 3 5
7. Simplify: Solution:
5 32 5
2 3 5 5 32 5
5 32 5 5 32 5
2 3 5 3 2 3 2 5 5 5 3 5 2 5
5 3 2 5
2 2
103 4 15 5 15 25
253 45
30 9 15 10 40 9 15
75 20 55
Case 2. Indices are different. To divide radicals having different, just follow the
steps below.
1. Transform the radicals to powers with fractional exponents and simplify if
LCM
n n n
a a a
necessary or use the shortcut that is: If m
, then
m
LCM LCM
where
b b m
b
LCM is the least common multiple of the indices n and m;
2. Get the least common denominator and change the fractional exponents into
similar fractions;
3. Rewrite the powers with similar fractional exponents into radicals;
4. If there is radicand in the denominator, do the rationalization process;
c. If the radical in the denominator is monomial, simply multiply the radical
(both numerator and denominator) by the factor which is equal to 1 and
could yield a perfect nth root denominator;
d. If the radical in the denominator is binomial, multiply the radical (both
numerator and denominator) by the conjugate of the denominator; and
5. Simplify the results if possible.
Examples:
1 3
2 6
10 10 10
3
1
2
5
1. Divide: 10 3 5 Solution: 5 3
56
6
10 3 6
1000
6
6 40
6 2
5 25
6
10 10 2 10 3 6 1000 6
Using the shortcut: 6 6
6 40
3
5 3
52 25
5
1 3
4
3 34 312 12
33
3
1
4
3 12
34
2. Divide: 4
3 3 3
Solution: 3 3
3 12
12
4
3 3 4
33 12 1 311 12 311 12 177147
Using the shortcut: 12 12
12
3
3 34 3 311 312 3
33
3
2
x 2
3
2 x 2
x 2 x 2 x2
1 1 1
2 x 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
2 6 x 6 2 6 2 6
Solution:
3
2
3. Simplify:
x 2 x2 x2
2 2 x 3 6 2 2 2 3 6 4 x 3 6 32
6
x2 x2
3
2 x 2 6
2 x 2 2
2 3 6 2 3 6
4 x 3 6 32
Using the shortcut:
x 2 x 2 x2 x2
Activity 6
Let’s Divide!
Part 1. Directions: Find the quotient of the given radicals below. Show your
complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
1. 20 3 5 3 2 5
11.
3 12
2. 18 19 14 38
12. 4 6 3 28 2
3. 123 80 63 10
13. 8 12 4 27 3
4. 45 100
14. 1 3 5
5. 500 125
15. 3 3 2 7
6. 27 2 x 5 10
3x 2 x
5 5
16. 2 x 2 y
1
7. 15 6 72
4
17. 1 x y
8. 4
3x 2 b 4 9 xb 2
4
18.
9. 3
129 3 36 2 12
3a 5
3 5 19.
10. 11 2
5 5
2 3 10 25
20.
3 200
Part 2. Directions: Find a partner and perform the indicated operations of the
given radicals below. Show your complete solution in a piece of paper and mark
your final answer.
1. 3
2 2 7.
5
2 4 4 3 10 3 3
2. 6 3 6 a ab
8.
a ab
3. 3
36 4 36
3
4. 3
16 8 9.
2 1
3 5
5. 2 2 3 2
15 2
3
6. 2 3 5
5
10.
3 2
Radical Equations
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
1. Solve for x: 5 x 10
Solution: 5 x 10 Step 1
5x 2
10 2 Step 2
5x 100
5x 100
Step 3
5 5
x 20 Possible Solution
Check: 5 x 10
5(20) 10
100 10
True
10 10
Therefore, the real solution is 20.
2. Solve 3 2a 3 3
Solution: 3
2a 3 3 Step 1
3
3
2a 3 3 3 Step 2
2a 3 27
2a 27 3
2a 24 Step 3
2a 24
2 2
a 12 Possible Solution
Check: 3
2a 3 3
3 2(12) 3 3
3
24 3 3
3
27 3
3 3 True
Therefore, the real solution is 12.
3. Solve 3a 1 a 5 0
Solution: 3a 1 a 5 0
3a 1 a 5 Step 1
2
3a 1 a 5 2
Step 2
3a 1 a 5
3a a 5 1 Step 3
2a 6
2a 6
2 2
a 3 Possible Solution
Check: 3a 1 a 5 0
3(3) 1 (3) 5 0
9 1 8 0
8 80
00
5. Solve for x: 2x 2 1 2 x
Solution: 2x 2 1 2 x Step 1
2x 1 2 x
2
2
2
Step 2
2x 1 4 4x x
2 2
2x 2 x 2 4x 1 4 0 Step 3
x 2 4x 5 0
x 5x 1 0
x 5 or x 1 Possible Solutions
Check: 2x 1 2 x
2
2 5 1 2 5 21 1 2 1
2 2
2(25) 1 7 2(1) 1 1
50 1 7 2 1 1
49 7 1 1
77 True 11 True
Therefore, the real solutions 2 x 2 1 2 x are 5 and 1 .
Activity 7
Find Me!
Part 1. Directions: Solve and check the given radical equations below. Show your
complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
1. y 17 9. 3
x 23 3
2. 3
x 3 4a 5
10. 5
2
3. 4
2x 1
11. 3
3x 2 3 2 x 2 5 x 6
4. 10 a 5
12. 3 6 y 12 4 12
y
5. 7
3 1
13. 5
a
6. 2 b 10
14. 3a 1 2a 6
7. 3
m 3 12 0
15. 3 2 y 3 y 10
8. a 2 2a 10
Part 2. Directions: Solve and check the given radical equations below. Show your
complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your final answer.
1 a2
1.
4 4a 70a 100
2
2. x 2 3 x
3. x 1 3 x 4 2
x 3
4.
2 1 5
x 2
3 y 3 25
5.
5 3
y 32
Mathematical Concepts:
Some of our real-life situations involved radicals and so, we can apply radical
equations in solving these problems. These problems are number problems,
geometric problems, physics problems and others. We need to apply our skills in
problem-solving in order to address the problem situation.
Examples:
1. I am thinking a number. If I get the square root of this number, the result is
twelve less than the number. What is the number?
Solution: Let x be the number
Translation: x x 12
x 2
x 12
2
Principle of Power
x x 24 x 144
2
Simplifying
0 x 2 24 x x 144 APE
0 x 25 x 144
2
Closure
0 x 9x 16 Factoring
x 9 or x 16 Zero Product Property/APE
Check: x x 12 x x 12
9 9 12 16 16 12
3 3 False 44 True
Therefore, the number is 16.
2. The cube root of the sum of thrice the number and nine is equal to six. Find
the number.
Solution: Let x be the number
Translation: 3 3x 9 6
3
3
3x 9 6 3 Principle of Powers
3x 9 216 Simplifying
3x 216 9 APE
3x 207 Closure
3x 207
MPE
3 3
x 69 Closure
Check: 3
3x 9 6
3 3(69) 9 6
3
207 9 6
3
216 6
6 6 True. Therefore, the number is 69.
3. A gardener is tilling a square garden with an area of 200 m2. After an hour, he
completely tilled two-fifths of the garden. What are the dimensions of the
tilled portion?
Solution: Let x be the side/length of the square garden
Let y be the width of the tilled garden
From the area 200 m2, we can derived
A = s2 Area of a Square Formula
2
200 = s Substitution
200 s 2 Extracting of Square Roots
100 2 s Simplifying
s 10 2 m. Therefore, the length of the tilled garden is 10 2 m.
From two-fifths of the area, we can derived
2
A xy Area of Tilled Garden (Rectangle)
5
2
5
200 10 2 y Substitution
80 10 2 y Simplifying
80 10 2 y
MPE
10 2 10 2
8
y Simplifying
2
4 2m y Rationalizing
Therefore, the dimensions of the tilled garden are 10 2 m by 4 2 m.
4. Suppose the distance d in kilometres a person h meters tall can see the horizon
3h
is d , how far can you see to the horizon through a 9 - m high building
2
and assuming that your height is 1.2 m?
3h
Solution: d Given Equation
2
3(9 1.2)
d Substitution
2
3(10.2)
d Simplifying
2
d 3(5.1) Closure
d 15.3 km. Therefore, you can see 15.3 km to the horizon.
5. A wire was attached on the top of a 10-m CAPELCO pole and was stretched
to reach and to be tied on the iron clamp on the ground 3 meters away from
the base of the pole. How long was the wire?
Solution: Let x be the length of the wire.
Use the Pythagorean formula because the figure formed based
from the information is a right triangle with 10, 3 and x sides.
c2 a2 b2 Pythagorean Formula
x 3 10
2 2 2
Substitution
x 9 100
2
Simplifying
x 109
2
Closure
x 2 109 Extracting of Square Roots
x 109 m Simplifying
Therefore, the length of the wire was 109 m.
Activity 8
Try Me!
Part 1. Directions: Solve the problems below with a partner. Show your team’s
complete solution in a piece of paper and mark your team’s final answer.
Part 2. Directions: Solve the problems below. Show your complete solution in a
piece of paper and write your final answer after each item. Attach your paper on
this page.
1. Find the area of the triangle as drawn at the right.
2. Which cube has the greater volume, a cube with side 3 x cm or 6 x 3 cm?
3. Find the length of the side of a square whose area is 250 cm2.
4. Find the equation of the line containing the points with coordinates
48 , 27 and 72 , 32 .
5. A farmer is tilling a square field with an area of 400 m2. After half an hour, he
1
completely tilled of the field as seen in the figure at the right.
4
6. Find the velocity of a certain 500 kg object if its kinetic energy is
1
1200 J. (Note: K E mv 2 )
2
7. Olivia walks 600 m due west and 800 m due south to reach her
school from her house. How far is her house from her school?
8. The time T period in seconds of a simple pendulum of length x ft is given by
T 0.8 2 x . Find the time period of the pendulum of length 0.8 ft.
9. Suppose the average pounds A of mangoes consumed by Capizeños between
1990 - 2010 can be modelled by A 22 y 180 where y is the number of
years since 2000. In what year were about 20 pounds of mangoes consumed
per person?
10. Rodney’s television has dimensions 9 in width and 20 in length. How long is
the diagonal of his television?
C. Drill
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use
A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure
to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who
are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these
in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 17
2
2. Which of the following is equivalent to the expression 23 ?
A. 2 3 2
B. 3 (2) 2
22
3
C.
2 2
3
D.
E. 3
(2 2 )
A. I only
B. IV only
C. I & IV
D. I, II, & IV
E. I, II, III, & IV
B. 4 x 4 6
3x 3 15x 5 12
72 x 6
C. 4 x 4 6
3x 3 15 x 5 12
72 x 6
D. 4 x 6 6
3x 3 15x 5 16
72 x 6
E. 4 x 6 6
3x 3 15x 5 16
72 x 6
7. Which of the following integer/s can be expressed as the sum of two distinct
radical expressions with integers as radicands?
I. -1 II. 0 III. 1 IV. 2 V. 4
A. II only
B. III only
C. I, II, & III
D. I, II, III, & IV
E. I, II, III, IV, & V
3
3x 5
8. What fraction can be used to rationalize the expression ?
2y3
2y
A.
2y
2y4
B.
2y4
3
32 x
C.
3
32 x
3
33 x 6
D.
3
33 x 6
1
E.
2y
2y
9. What is the simplified form of ?
x y
2 xy y xy
A.
x y
2x y y x y
B.
x y
2x 2 y y x y
C.
x y
2x 2 y y x y
D.
x y
2 x y y x y
E.
x y
10. Thrice the cube root of twice a number increased by seven is equal to the square
root of the sum of eight times the number and one. What is the number?
A. 3
B. 5
C. 7
D. 10
E. Undefined
General Objectives
At the end of the chapter, the students are expected to:
1. Discussed the concept of functions;
2. Performed different operations involving functions;
3. Demonstrated in-depth knowledge on functions;
4. Used software (Geogebra, Graphic Calculator, and the like) in graphing
functions; and
5. Appreciated the existence and importance of functions in the real world.
Lesson 1. FUNCTIONS
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must
have:
1. discussed the concepts of functions;
2. identified the graphs or equations of the various types of functions; and
3. sketched the graph of a given function.
B. Topic Content
FUNCTIONS
Today, we live in the new normal with new perspectives about what is normal.
We live and experience different relationships with one another including unseen entities.
These relationships will yield great impact to this challenging world if valued and cared
so much by two parties although there are some relationships that do not function well
due to human imperfection and evil influence.
The idea of function was developed in the 17th century by Rene Descartes (1596 –
1650), in his book Geometry (1637) when he used this concept to describe mathematical
relationships. The term ―function‖ was introduced by Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz in a
1673 letter to describe a quantity related to a curve, such as curve’s slope at a specific
point. Some mathematicians Johann Bernoulli (1667 – 1748), Alexis Claude Clairaut
(1713 – 1765), and Leonhard Euler (1707 – 1783) contributed ideas about function. Euler
was the one who introduced the common notation for a function y = f (x).
This time, let us define function based from the activity below.
Activity 1
Am I a Function?
Directions: Study the table below and answer the guide questions that follow. Write your
answer in your answer sheet.
Function Not Function
1,2, 2,3, 3,4, 5,6, 11,12 1,2, 2,3, 3,4, 5,6, 1,12
1,2, 2,2, 3,4, 5,10, 11,12 1,2, 2,3, 3,4, 2,6, 1,1
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x 1 1 3 5 5 6 7
f(x) -2 4 -6 8 -10 12 -14 f(x) -2 4 -6 8 -10 12 -14
y = 2x2-4 y2 = 2x – 4
f ( x) 2 3 x 5 f ( x) x 3 5 y 6
Guide Questions:
1. What did you observe in the function and not function columns in terms of the
given (a) ordered pairs?; (b) tables?; (c) equations?; (d) graphs?; and (e) arrow
diagrams?
Mathematical Concepts:
4.
5. f ( x) 2 3 x 5
6.
7.
1.
2.
o Equations (No even exponent in y variable)
Examples:
1. f ( x) 2 3 x 5
2. f ( x) 2 x 3 5 y 7 5
o Graphs (No more than one point of intersection if vertical line is drawn
intersecting the graph)
Examples:
1. 2.
o Arrow Diagram or Mapping (No repetition of arrows from the domain to
range)
Examples:
1. 2.
Graph of a Function. If f is a function, then the graph of f is the set of all points
(x, y) in 2 (rectangular plane coordinate) for which (x, y) is an ordered pair in
f.
Vertical Line Test: The graph of a function can be intersected by a vertical line in
at most one point.
2.
Solutions:
1. h( x) xx 2x 1
xx 2x 1 0
x 0; x 2 0 ; x 1 0
x = 2; x = -1
Thus, the zeros are 0, 2, and -1.
Functions can be classified according to their forms, graphs, and properties. Some
of these functions are explicit, implicit, algebraic (constant, linear, quadratic, cubic, split
or piecewise, absolute value, square root, signum), transcendental (trigonometric,
logarithmic, exponential), etc.
Let us explore these functions and examine its forms and graphs.
Mathematical Concepts
Explicit Function is a function written in the form y = f(x) where y is expressed
in terms of x and the y-elements can be easily obtained by simple substitution.
Examples:
1. y = 2x – 5
2. f(x) = 2x
Implicit Function is a function written in the form f(x) + y = 0 where the x and y
are mixed and the y-elements cannot be easily obtained by simple substitution.
Examples:
1. 2x – y – 1 = 0
2. y – 2x = - 4
Polynomial Functions are functions that are defined by polynomial. It takes the
form f x an x n an1 x n1 ... a1 x a0 where a, n . Examples: Constant,
Linear, etc.
Examples:
1. y = 3
2. f (x) = -1
Linear Function is a 1st degree function of the form f(x) = mx + b where m and b
are real numbers, m is the slope, b is the y-intercept, and . Its graph is a
rising straight line either to the left (negative slope) or to the right (positive
slope).
Examples:
1. y = 2x 2. f(x) = -3x +2
1. f x 2 x 2 3 2. f x 5 2 x 2 3x
Examples:
1. f x 2 x 2 3 Discriminant b 2 4ac 0 42 3
2
24
It has 2 real zeros.
2. f x 2 x 2 3x 20 Discriminant b 4ac 3 4220
2 2
151
It has no real zero.
3. f x 2 x 2 8 x 8 Discriminant b 2 4ac 8 428
2
0
It has exactly 1 real zero.
1. f x 2 x 3 3x 3
2. f x 2 x 3 3x 2 3x 2
Split or Piecewise-defined Function is a function that is defined by using several
expressions for different parts of the domain.
Examples:
x 2 if x 2
1. f x
4 if x 2
2x3 if x 1
2. f x 36 x 2 if 1 x 6
2 if x6
Absolute Value Function is a function with absolute value symbols whose values
are denoted by x and defined by:
x if x 0
o f x x . Its graph is consists of two half lines (V-
x if x 0
shaped) and are symmetric.
Examples:
1. f x x 2
2. f x x 7 5
1. f x x x
2. f x 2x 1
(Note: Rational and Transcendental Functions will be discussed in the next
modules)
Note:
1. For greatest-integer function, use floor for the symbol .
Example: f x 2x 1
Just type f(x) = floor and type 2x inside the symbol then type
+ 1 in the input box and press enter. However, the open circle will
be added for the accuracy of graph.
For accuracy, put open circle in the function with < or > symbols.
3. For cube root function, type cbrt( followed by the radicand.
Example: f ( x) 3 2 x 5 . Just type f(x) = cbrt(2x-5) and press
enter. For nth root, type nroot( followed by the index and the
radicand and press enter.
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Tell whether the given relation is a function or not and justify
your answer.
3.
9.
10. h( x) 5 x 2 y 7 5
4.
5.
6. 2 x y 2 1
7. f ( x) x 3 2 x 1
3
8. f ( x)
x
11.
12. f ( x) 8
Part 2. Directions: Given the graph and or equation below, tell the type of
function it illustrates.
1. f ( x) x 3 2 x 1
2.
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 201
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
3.
4. f ( x) 8
5. f ( x) 8 x10 4 x 5
6. f ( x) 4 x
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use
A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure
to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who
are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these
in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 18
A. I only
B. IV only
C. II & III
D. I, II, & III
E. I, II, III, & IV
A. D.
B. E.
C.
A. D.
B. E.
C.
2 x if x0
4. Which of the following is the graph of f ( x) 3 if
0 x 3 ?
x if x 3
A. D.
B. E.
C.
A. D.
B. E.
C.
A. Specific Objective: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must
have determined the domain and range of a function.
B. Topic Content
Oftentimes, the domain and range of a function f are NOT specified. We are given
the equation defining the function and agree that the domain of f is the largest set of real
numbers for which f(x) is a real number or it refers to the set of real numbers that when
these numbers are substituted to the equation, the f(x) is defined. Likewise with the range
which refers to the set of real numbers that when these numbers are substituted to f(x), the
x is defined. Let’s work the activity below to know better what are the domain and range
of a function.
Activity 1
Domain and Range of a Function
Directions: Study the table below and answer the guide questions that follow. Write your
answer in your answer sheet.
Function Domain Range
1,2, 2,3, 3,4, 5,6, 11,12 1,2,3,5,11 2,3,4,6,12
1,2, 2,2, 3,4, 5,10, 11,12 1,2,3,5,11 2,4,10,12
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
f(x) -2 4 -6 8 -10 12 -14
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 2,4,6,8,10,12,14
Any set of real numbers Any set of real numbers
or Domain = or Range =
x / x or , y / y or ,
a, b, c, d I , II , III , IV
Guide Questions:
1. What did you observe in the first two functions in terms of their domains and
ranges?
2. How can you determine the domain and range of a set of ordered pairs?
3. Examine the third function (in tabular form). What did you notice about its
domain and range?
4. How can you determine the domain and range of a function in tabular form?
5. Examine the 4th and 5th functions in graphical form. In what values of x do the
graphs contain?
6. Examine the 4th and 5th functions in graphical form again and focus on the y-axis.
In what values of y do the 4th and 5th functions contain? In what y – values does
the 5th function are NOT permissible (cannot be its y-values)?
7. How can you determine the domain and range of a function in graphical form?
8. Examine the last 2 functions. What did you notice about their domains and
ranges?
9. How can you determine the domain and range of a function in arrow diagram
form?
Good Job!
Mathematical Concepts:
If the given is a set of ordered pairs, then all the first elements
comprises the domain of a given function.
If the given is a table, then all the x elements comprises the domain
of a given function.
If the given is a mapping (arrow diagram), then all the inputs(x) or
elements in the left column are the elements of the domain.
If the given is a graph, then examine the values of x in which the
graph contains and these x-values are the elements of the domain.
If the given is an equation, examine the denominator and the nth
root symbol.
If an equation in the form of f(x) has a denominator, the
values of x which make the denominator zero do not belong
to the domain of f. So, copy the denominator, put and 0
or in symbols; denominator 0 and solve. The result is the
exception of the x-values for the domain of a given
function.
If an equation in the form of f(x) has an nth root n p ( x )
where n is an even positive integer, the values of x for
which p( x) 0 do not belong to the domain of f. So, just
copy the radicand, put 0 and solve.
(Note: The domains of transcendental functions will be discussed separately).
Examples:
1. f ( x) 2 x 5 Solution: Since the algebraic function has no denominator
and nth root symbol, automatically the domain is , .
2x 5
2. f ( x)
x 5
Solution: Since there is a denominator, then
x5 0
Thus, the domain is /5
x5
Or ( ) ( ) or x / x 5
3. f ( x) 3 2 x 5 Solution: Since the root is an odd, then automatically the
,
domain is .
2x 5
5. f ( x) Solution: Since there is a denominator and the denominator
x 5
contains square root, then
x5 0
Thus, the domain is 5, .
x5
2x 5
6. f ( x)
x 5 Solution: Since there is a square root, then we need to have
nonnegative radicand. In order to have nonnegative radicand, we can set both
the numerator and denominator be both negative or be both positive or the
numerator is 0 with positive or negative denominator. To be sure, we need to
find the critical numbers. Critical numbers are the values of x where the
function is zero or undefined when that values are substituted to the function.
5
So, we have 2x 5 0 and x 5 0 . By solving the x, we have x & 5 . Thus,
2
5
the critical numbers are &5 .
2
Now, let us examine the critical numbers.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 5
, 2 ,5 (5, )
2
Let us now tabulate the intervals and test the sign if the radicands will have
nonnegative sign or not.
Expression 5 5 (5, )
, 2 ,5
2 Take x = 6
Take x = 0 Take x = 3
2x-5 - + +
x-5 - - +
2x 5 + - +
x 5
Examples:
1. f ( x) 2 x 5 Solution: First, solve for x in terms of y
f ( x) 2 x 5
y 2x 5
y 5 2x
y5
x
2
By looking at the denominator, there is no variable y in the
denominator and so, the range is , .
2x 5
2. f ( x)
x 5
Solution: First, solve for x in terms of y.
2x 5
f ( x)
x5
2x 5
y
x5
y x 5 2 x 5
xy 5 y 2 x 5
xy 2 x 5 y 5
x y 2 5 y 5
5y 5
x
y2
y2 0
Here, there is denominator y – 2. So, y 2 . Thus, the range is /2or
y / y 2.
3. f ( x) 3 2 x 5 Solution: First, solve for x in terms of y.
f ( x) 3 2 x 5
y 3 2x 5 Change f(x) into y
y 3 3
3
2x 5 Cubing both sides
y 2x 5
3
Simplifying
y 5 2x
3
APE
y3 5
x MPE
2
Here, there is no variable in the denominator. Therefore, the range is
, .
(Note: Transcendental Functions will be discussed in the next modules)
C. Enrichment Activity
Activity 2
Find Me!
Part 1. Directions: Form a group with 3 members and find the domain and range
of the given functions below. Write your answer in your piece of paper or
document and submit it online/offline to your professor. Rubrics: 1 point for the
domain, 1 point for range and 1 point for your solution.
2.
3. 2 x y 1
8.
4. f ( x) x 2 2 x 1 9. f ( x) 8
3
5. f ( x) 10. f ( x)
3
x x3
5
11. f ( x) x 3 5
3 x
12. f ( x)
x 1
13. f ( x) 1 3 1 2 x
3
14. f ( x) 2
x
3
15. f ( x)
x5
6.
7. h( x) 5x 2 y 5
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom.
Don’t forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit
your work in accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use
A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure
to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who
are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these
in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 19
x 1
2. What is the domain of f ( x) ?
2
A. ( ,1)
B. ,1
C. 1,
D. ( , )
E. (1,1)
4x 3
E. H ( x)
2x 3
x
4. What is the range of h( x) ?
x 5x 6
2
A. ( , )
B. ,1 1,6 6,
C. 1,6
D. (6, )
E. (1,6)
A. Specific Objectives:
During or after doing the tasks in this lesson, the students must have:
1. recalled the different types of functions;
2. sketched the graph of a given function using low/high technology;
3. performed various operations involving functions; and
4. solved problems related to functions.
B. Topic Content
Activity 1
Function or Not?
Directions: Determine whether each of the given below is a function or not. Write F if it
is a function and N if it is not a function. Similarly, if it is a function, identify the type of
function. Lastly, discuss with your classmates the guide questions after the items. Write
your answers in your answer sheets.
Example 2: f x 2 x y 3 N
(Explanation: The exponent of 2 has –y.)
3.
4.
5. f x 3x 2 5 x
x if x 0
6. f x 2
2 x if x 0
7. f x 5 x
8. f x 5 x
9. x y 2
10. f x 3 2 x 5
3. What are the different types of functions? Can you describe each? Use the template below for
your response/s.
Function Description Graph Equation
1.
2.
Great Job!
Note: New functions may be formed from given functions by adding, subtracting, multiplying, and
dividing function values.
Mathematical Concepts
Definitions of the Sum, Difference, Product, and Quotient of Two Functions: Given the two
functions f and g:
i. their sum, denoted by f + g, is the function defined by f g x f x g x ;
ii. their difference, denoted by f - g, is the function defined by f g x f x g x ;
iii. their product, denoted by f g , is the function defined by f g x f x g x ; and
f f x
; g x 0 .
f
iv. their quotient, denoted by , is the function defined by x
g g g x
In each case, the domain of the resulting function consists of those values of x
common to the domain of f and g, with the additional requirements that the denominator
must not be equal to 0.
Definition of a Composite Function: Given the two functions f and g, the composite function,
denoted by f g is defined by f g x f g xand the domain of this function is the set of all
numbers x in the domain of g such that g(x) is in the domain of f. (To find the domain of
f g x , get the intersection of the domain of g and domain of the resulting f g x ).
b) f g x f g x
f x 1
2
Substitution
5
Substitution
x2 1 2
5 x2 1 2
Rationalization
x2 1 2 x2 1 2
5 x 2 1 10
Multiplying radicals
x2 1 4
5 x 2 1 10
Closure
x2 5
x2 0 x 2 1 0
&
x2 x 1 or x 1
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 x 2 1 10
Solving for the new function f ( x) x2 5 (after the composition), we have,
x 2 1 0 (Numerator) x 2 5 0 (denominator)
x2 1 x2 5
x2 1 x 5
x 1 or x 1
-3 5 -2 -1 0 1 2 5 3 4 5 6
Domain: , 5 5 ,1 1,2 2, 5 5 ,
Thus, the domain of this function is , 5 5 ,1 1,2 2, 5 5 , . (Note: We exclude
5 , 1,2,& 5 because these are the values of x that are not common or not included in the original
and new functions.
c) g f g f x
5
g Substitution
x 2
2
5
1 Substitution
x 2
25
1 Simplifying exponent
x 4x 4
2
21 x 2 4 x
Simplifying rational expression
x 2 4x 4
The numerator and denominator must be both negative/both positive so that the resulting
fraction is positive. Also, the numerator could be 0 and the denominator could be negative or positive
to have the resulting fraction equal to 0. These conditions must be satisfied to have nonnegative
radicand.
Solving for critical numbers, we have
21 x 2 4 x 0 x 2 4x 4 0
x 2 4 x 21 0 ( x 2) 2 0
( x 7)( x 3) 0 x 2 We will use parenthesis for 2 since
x 7 & x 3 denominator must be greater than 0.
We will use bracket for -3 and 7 because these values are taken from the numerator and the
numerator could be greater than or equal to 0.
x 2 4x 4 + + + +
21 x 2 4 x - + + -
x 4x 4
2
This means that the possible domain of the new function is 3,2 2,7 .
Now, let us find the common domain of the original and new functions.
,1 1,2 2, 3,2 2,7 can be simplified as 3,1 1,2 2,7 . Thus, the domain of the
function is 3,1 1,2 2,7 .
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
d) g g g g x
g x 1
2
x 1 1
2
2
x2 11
x2 2
Solving for the domain:
x2 2 0
x2 2
x 2 or x 2 These are possible domains of the new
function. By considering the domains of the original functions ,1 1,2 2, , we can have
,1 1,2 2, , 2 2 , or it can be simplified as , 2 2 ,2 2, .
-4 -3 -2 2 -1 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7
A function f(x) is even if f(-x) = f(x), for all values of x in D(f) and it is odd if f(-x) = -f(x), for
all values of x.
In Trigonometry, cos θ and sec θ are even functions, and sin θ, csc θ, tan θ, cot θ are odd
functions.
The graph of even function is symmetric with respect to the y-axis and the graph of an odd
function is symmetric about the origin.
f(x) = 0 is the only function that is both even and odd function.
Example 7: Plot the graph of the given function and from the graph, formulate a conjecture.
a. f x x 6 2 x 4 5 x 2 10
b. f ( x) x 5 2x 3 x
c. f x x 6 2 x 3 5 x 2 10
d. f x x 1 x 3
Solutions: By using the Geogebra application, the graphs are as follows:
a. b.
c. d.
Example 8. Given: f x x 1 x 3
Define a piecewise F x .
Solution 1: By graphing, we can notice that the graph (refer to Example 7d above), the
graph shows that:
i. in the interval ,3 , the function is constant f x 4 ;
ii. in the interval 3,1, the function is linear because the graph is a straight
line with x and y-intercepts -1 and -2. By x and y-intercepts form where a
is the x-intercept and b is the y-intercept, we have
bx ay ab 2 x y 2 or f x 2 x 2 ; and
iii. in the interval 1, , the function is constant f x 4 .
4 if x 3
Thus, the function is F x 2 x 2 if 3 x 1 .
4 x 1
if
Solution 2: By using the definition of absolute value, we have:
1 x if x 1 x 3 if x 3
x 1 x3
x 1 if x 1 x 3 if x 3
i. f x x 1 ( x 3) if x 1 (granting x 3 )
4
ii. f x 1 x ( x 3) if 3 x 1
2 x 2
iii. f x 1 x ( x 3) if x 3
4
4 if x 3
Thus, the function is F x 2 x 2 if 3 x 1 .
4 x 1
if
C. Enrichment Activity
Group Work. Directions: Form a group with 3 to 4 members and design ways to collaborate with
one another in answering the following items completely. Use graphing paper or yellow pad paper
or doc (Microsoft Word) as your answer sheet. You may use calculator, Geogebra, or other
technologies to graph and answer the given problems. You are rated according to these criteria, 1
point per required correct response, 2 points for correct graph (if graph is required), and 1 point for
correct solution/computation. No points will be given to incorrect answer/discussion/graph/
solution/computation. Attach also the proof of your group’s collaboration.
1. Given: f x 3x 5 ; g x x 2 5 x 2
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 20
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
C. f x 3x 2 x 12
5
x2 5
f x
D. 2x 3 x
x 2 3x 4
E. F x 2
x x6
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 226
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
2. If f ( x) x 2 4 and g ( x) 2 x 4 , what is f g x ?
A. f g x 4x 2 16x 12
B. f g x 4x 2 16x 16
C. f g x 4x 2 8x 12
D. f g x 2x 2 12
E. f g x 2x 2 12
x 2 3x 4
4. Consider the rational function F x . If F a 1 , find all possible values of a.
x2 x 6
A. -1
1
B.
2
1
C.
2
D. 1
1
E. and 1
2
5. When you graph function using technology (i.e. Geogebra), which of the graphs below is the
x 2 3x 4
graph of F x 2 ?
x x6
A. D.
B. E.
D.
A. Specific Objective: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have solved
problems related to functions.
B. Topic Content
In many situations in our lives, there are quantities that depend on one another. The real-world
problems involving quantities give way to mathematical models involving functions. Through these
models, we can address our problems and we can give practical and particular solution to each
problem.
Mathematical Concepts:
Mathematical Models: It is a mathematical description- often by means of a function or an
equation- of a real-world phenomenon such as size of a population, demand for a product,
speed of a falling object, life expectancy of a person at birth, or cost of emission reductions,
etc. There are many different types of functions that can be used to model relationships
observed in the real world (https://www.sccollege.edu/Faculty/AHauscarriague)
Mathematical modelling is a process by which we start with a real-life situation and arrive at
a quantitative solution using the tools of mathematics. Modelling involves creating a set of
mathematical equations that describes a situation, solving those equations, and using them to
understand the real-life problem. Often the model needs to be adjusted because it does not
describe the situation as well as we wish.
o Example 1. A chair manufacturer can sell a chair for 350 pesos each. The
manufacturer spent a total cost consisting of overhead of 3,000 pesos plus the
production costs of 100 pesos per chair.
a) Develop a mathematical model expressing the total profit of the manufacturer
as a function of the number of chairs manufactured and sold. Assume that each
chair produced was sold.
b) Sketch the graph of a function and identify the type of this function.
c) How many chairs must the manufacturer sell to make a profit of 5000 pesos?
d) How many chairs must the manufacturer sell to break even?
o Solution:
a) In business, profit is the difference between revenue and cost, that is
Total Profit = Total Revenue – Total Cost
Px Rx Cx
where x is the number of units sold.
Rx 350 x
Cx 3000 100 x
Thus, the profit function is Px 350 x 3000 100 x or
Px 250 x 3000 .
c) We need to solve first the function Cx 35 x for 48 people and another
function Cx 30 x for 50 people and get the difference to find the savings of
the group.
Cx 35x Cx 30 x
Cx 35(48) Cx 30(50)
Cx 1680 Cx 1500
Thus, they could save 1680 – 1500 = 180 pesos.
o Example 3. A projectile is shot straight upward from a height 10 ft from the ground
with an initial velocity of 28ft/sec. The height of the projectile, s, after t seconds is
given by the function st 6 5t 16t 2 .
a) How long does it take the projectile to reach its maximum height?
b) What is the maximum height reached?
c) How long after the ball is thrown will the projectile return to the ground?
Solutions:
a) Since the function is quadratic, the time it takes the projectile to reach its
b
maximum height is t x .
2a
5
t
2 16
5
t
32
5
t or 0.15625 sec
32
4ac b 2
b) The maximum height reached by the projectile is :
4a
4ac b 2 4 16 6 5 2
4a 4 16
384 25
64
409
64
6.390625 ft
Thus, the maximum height reached by the projectile is 6.390625 ft.
b 4ac b 2
(Note: The vertex of a quadratic function f x ax 2 bx c is ,
2a 4a
b 4ac b 2
where h &k , h is the value of x in which the quadratic reach the
2a 4a
minimum or maximum value k.)
10 ft
Ground
From the figure above, we can say that the height of the projectile after reaching
the ground is -10ft. To find the time when the projectile reached the ground, we need to
substitute -10 to s(t) in the function st 6 5t 16t 2 .
C. Enrichment Activity
Directions: Find a partner and answer the following items completely. Use graphing paper/yellow
pad paper (or docs) as your answer sheet. You may use calculator, Geogebra, or other technologies
to graph and answer the given problems. You are rated according to these criteria:
Accuracy -------------------------------------------- 5 points
Clarity/Legibility ---------------------------------- 2 points
Solution --------------------------------------------- 3 points
Total 10 points per sub item
1. A tricycle driver charges his passenger 15 pesos for the first 3 km ride plus 5 pesos per km for
extra distance.
a. Develop a mathematical model for travel charge y as a function of the distance x
travelled by a passenger.
b. Graph the function.
c. How much will be charged to a passenger who travelled a distance of 7 km?
2. A manufacturer can sell video cards for 4,500 pesos per piece. The manufacturer’s total cost
consists of a fixed overhead of 250,000 pesos plus production costs of 2,500 pesos per card.
Assume that every video card produced is sold.
a. Make a mathematical model expressing the total profit of the manufacturer as a function
of the number of video cards sold.
b. Graph the function.
c. How many video cards should be sold to reach a profit of 300,000 pesos?
d. If only 130 video cards were sold, did the manufacturer gain or loss? How much was the
gain or loss of the manufacturer?
e. How many video cards must be sold to break even?
3. From the top of a building, an object is thrown upward with an initial velocity of 150ft/sec. The
distance of the object above the ground after t seconds is approximated by the function
st 16t 2 150t 120 .
a. Find the maximum height of the object above the ground.
b. Find the height of the building.
God Bless!
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
1. discussed the concepts related to polynomial functions;
2. determined the domain, range, zero/s, and intercepts of a polynomial function;
3. graphed a polynomial function; and
4. solved problems related to a polynomial function.
B. Topic Content
One of the algebraic functions is the polynomial function. Most of the real-world problems
involve polynomial function. It could be linear function, constant function, quadratic function,
power function, and higher order polynomial functions. In this lesson, we are going to explore and
analyze the properties of the graphs of polynomial functions.
Mathematical Concepts:
Definition of Polynomial Function: A function of the form
f x an x an1 x an2 x ... a1 x a0 , where n is a nonnegative integer and
n n 1 n 2
Example 1. Determine which of the following are polynomial functions and justify:
a. f x 3x 3 4 x 5
b. f x 3x 3 4 x 5
f x 3x 3 4 x
5
c.
x2
f x
3 3
d. x 4x 3 5
5
Solutions:
a. f x 3x 3 4 x 5 is a polynomial function because it conforms the form
f x an x n an1 x n1 an2 x n2 ... a1 x a0 with NO variable having negative
exponent and no variable in the denominator and radicand.
b. f x 3x 3 4 x 5 is NOT a polynomial function because it has a variable inside
the radicand.
c. f x 3x 3 4 x 2 is NOT a polynomial function because it has a variable in the
5
x
denominator.
f x
3 3
d. x 4 x 3 5 is a polynomial function because it conforms the form
5
f x an x n an1 x n1 an2 x n2 ... a1 x a0 with NO variable having negative
exponent and no variable in the denominator and radicand.
Types of Polynomial Functions: Polynomial functions can be classified according to its
degree. The table below summarizes the types of polynomial functions.
Polynomial Function Degree Type
1. f x 3x 3 4 x 5 3x 3 3rd Cubic
2. f x 3x 3 4 x 5 5 x
3. f x x 2 4 x 5 1
4. f x 11 x
5. f x 11x 8 12 x 6 4 x 2 10 11x8
Solutions:
Function Leading Leading Degree Type of
Term Coefficient Polynomial
Function
1. f x 3x 3 4 x 5 3x 3 3 3rd Cubic
3. f x x 2 4 x 5 x2 1 2nd Quadratic
Example 3. Graph the following and check the properties of its graph:
a. f x 2 x 6 4 x 2 5
b. f x 2 x 3 4 x 2 5 x
c. f x x 4 4 x 5
d. f x 2 x 3 4 x 5
Theorem: The graph of a polynomial function of the nth degree has at most n-1 turning
points.
Turning Points on a graph occur when the polynomial function changes from
decreasing to increasing or from increasing to decreasing.
The Division Algorithm for Polynomials: Suppose P is a polynomial function. Then, if
P(x) is divided by x – r, we obtain as quotient a unique polynomial Q(x) and as
remainder a real number R such that for all values of x Px x r Qx R .
Example 4. Divide Px 2 x 3 5 x 2 8 x 17 by x 3 .
2x 2 x 5
x 3 2 x 5 x 2 8 x 17
3
2x 3 6x 2
x 2 8x
x 2 3x
5 x 17
5 x 15
The Remainder Theorem: Let P be a polynomial function. If P(x) is divided by x – r, then the
remainder is given by P(r).
Proof:
From the Division Algorithm, we have
Px x r Qx R
Pr r r Qx R Substitution x = r from x – r = 0
Pr 0Qx R Closure
Pr 0 R Multiplication by Zero Property
Pr R Identity
Example 5. What is the remainder when you divide Px 2 x 3 5 x 2 8 x 17 by x 3 .
Solution: By using the remainder theorem, we have
Px 2 x 3 5 x 2 8 x 17
P3 23 53 83 17
3 2
(Note: We simply substitute the value of x in x – r = 0 to the polynomial function and get the
resulting remainder.)
The Factor Theorem: Let P be a polynomial function. Then x – r is a factor of P(x) if and only
if P(r) = 0.
Proof 1: Suppose x – r is a factor of P(x), we need to show that P(r) = 0.
Px x 4 kx 3 kx 2 1 Given
P2 0 2 k 2 k 2 1
4 3 2
Substitution
0 16 8k 4k 1 Simplifying
8k 4k 16 1 APE
4k 15 Closure
15
k MPE
4
Synthetic Division: It is the shortened version of long division but it is applicable only for
linear binomial divisor.
o Steps in Dividing a Polynomial Function by x – r Using Synthetic Division
1. Write the given polynomial in standard form (descending degree) and insert 0
coefficients for any missing term.
2. Write the coefficients of the polynomial in order in the first row and put the r
with .
3. Bring down the first coefficient to the third row. We refer to this number as the
―pivot‖ in the next two steps.
4. Multiply this ―pivot‖ number by r and write the product in the second row below
the second coefficient.
5. Add the product to the corresponding coefficient in the first row and write the
sum in the third row (aligned).
6. Using this sum as the ―pivot‖, repeat steps 4 and 5.
7. Repeat the step 6 until we reach adding the last right most column.
8. The right-most entry in the third row is the remainder and the other entries are
the successive coefficients of the quotient which is a polynomial of degree one
less than that of P(x).
Example 7. Use synthetic division to find the quotient and remainder when
Px 2 x 3 5 x 2 8 x 17 is divided by x 3 .
Step 1. 2 x3 5x 2 8x 17
Step 2. 2 -5 -8 17
Step 3.
Step 4. 2 -5 -8 17
Step 5. 2 -5 -8 17
2 1
Step 6. 2 -5 -8 17
6 3
2 1
Step 7. 2 -5 -8 17
6 3 -15
2 1 -5 2
Step 8. R 2 & Q( x) 2 x 2 x 5
Example 8. Use synthetic division to find the quotient and remainder when
Px 4 x 4 5 x 2 4 x 3 is divided by 2 x 1 .
1
Solution: In 2 x 1 , x .
2
1
4 0 -5 4 -3
2
2 1 -2 1
4 2 -4 2 -2 Divide the last row by 2 except the last number
because our divisor has 2 2 x 1 . Therefore, the last row is 2 1 -2 1.
Thus, the quotient is Q( x) 2 x 3 x 2 2 x 1 & R 2
Theorem: If P is a polynomial function of degree n 1 with real coefficients, then it has exactly
n zeros which may be real or imaginary. If in the equation
Px an x r1 x r2 x r3 x r4 ...x rn , a factor x ri occurs k times, then ri is called
a zero of multiplicity k.
Example 9. Find the zeros of Px 2x 2 x 32 x 1 .
3 2
multiplicity 2.
Theorem: The Rational Root Theorem. Let Px an x n an1 x n1 ... a1 x a0 be an nth-
degree polynomial function with integer coefficients, p is a factor of a 0 , and q is a factor of a n .
p p
If is a rational zero of P, where is in lowest terms, then p is an integer factor of a 0 and q is
q q
an integer factor of a n .
Example 10. Given f ( x) 3x 4 11x 3 10 x 4 , find all the rational zeros of the
polynomial function.
Solution: The factors of -4 are -1, 1, -2, 2, -4, and 4.
The factors of 3 are -1, 1, -3, and 3.
p 1 1 2 2 4 4
1,1, , ,2,2, , ,4,4, ,
q 3 3 3 3 3 3
p
Let us check each ratio if the remainder of f is zero using synthetic division.
q
For 1
1 3 -11 0 10 -4
3 -8 -8 2
3 -8 -8 2 -2 Thus, 1 is not a rational zero
of f.
For -1
-1 3 -11 0 10 -4
-3 14 -14 4
3 -14 14 -4 0
Since -1 is a rational zero, we will use the last row 3 -14 14 -4 as the first
row and try again for -1.
For -1
-1 3 -14 14 -4
-3 17 -31
3 -17 31 -35 Thus, -1 has only 1 multiplicity.
1
For
3
1
3 -14 14 -4
3
13 29
1
3 9
29 7 1
3 -13 Thus, is not a rational zero of f.
3 9 3
1
For
3
1
- 3 -14 14 -4
3
19
-1 5
3
31 1
3 -15 19 Thus, - is not a rational zero of f.
3 3
2
For
3
2
3 -14 14 -4
3
2 -8 4
2
3 -12 6 0 Thus,
is a rational zero of f.
3
Since there are only 3 terms left in the last row, the remaining function is quadratic. That
is 3x 12 x 6 0 By using the quadratic formula, we have
2
12 12 2 436 12 12 2 436
x1 ; x2
23 23
x1 2 2 ; x2 2 2 , thus 2 2 are non-rational zeros of f.
2
Thus, the rational zeros of f ( x) 3x 4 11x 3 10 x 4 are 1 & .
3
Definition: An upper bound of the real zeros of a polynomial function P is any number that is
greater than or equal to the largest real zero. It could be determined by using the signs of the
last row of a synthetic division that is, all the numbers in the last row are nonnegative numbers.
A lower bound of the real zeros of P is any number that is less than or equal to the smallest real
zero such that the last row of a synthetic division gives us an altering signs.
Example 11. Given f ( x) 3x 4 11x 3 10 x 4 , find the upper and lower bounds of the
polynomial function.
2
Solution: Since we have -1 and as the real rational zeros, we need to test if this will
3
give us its lower and upper bounds.
For lower bound, use -1.
-1 3 -11 0 10 -4
-3 14 -14 4
3 -14 14 -4 0
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 245
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Since 0 is not positive, -1 is not the lower bound. Let us use -2.
-2 3 -11 0 10 -4
-6 34 -68 116
3 -17 34 -58 112
Thus, -2 is the lower bound of f.
2
For upper bound, we will choose 1 because does not give nonnegative last row.
3
1 3 -11 0 10 -4
3
3 -8 We will not finish the synthetic division since 8 is
negative. Let us use 2.
2 3 -11 0 10 -4
6
3 -5 We will not finish the synthetic division since 8 is
negative. Let us use 4 because 3(4) = 12 which is greater than -11.
4 3 -11 0 10 -4
12 4 16 104
3 1 4 26 100
rd
Since all the numbers in the 3 row are nonnegative, then 4 is the upper bound of f.
Example 12. Find the rational zeros, upper bound and lower bound of
F x x 4 x 3 24 x 2 4 x 80 .
Solution: We need to try the possible zeros of F which are
1,2,4,5,8,10,16,20,40,80 .
Let us start with -1.
-1 1 1 -24 -4 80
-1 0 24 -20
1 0 -24 20 60 Thus, -1 is not the real
rational zero of F.
Let us use 1.
1 1 1 -24 -4 80
1 2 -22 -26
1 2 -22 -26 54 Thus, 1 is not the
real rational zero of F.
C. Enrichment Activity
Directions: Find a partner, discuss, and work with the following items completely. Use graphing paper
or yellow pad paper as your answer sheet. You may use calculator, Geogebra, or other technologies to
graph and answer the given problems. You are rated according to these criteria:
Accuracy -------------------------------------------- 5 points
Clarity/Legibility ---------------------------------- 2 points
Solution --------------------------------------------- 3 points
Total 10 points per sub item
1. Graph the following functions:
y x 2 16
4
a.
b. P( x) 2 x 5 4 x 1
2. Find the zeros, upper bound and lower bound of the following:
a. P( x) 2x 3 x 5 2 x 3
2 2
b. f ( x) 3x 4 7 x 3 45 x 2 19 x 30
3. Find the quotient and the remainder of the following functions if the first is divided by the
second quantity:
a. Px x 8 2 x 7 3x 5 5 x 4 2 x 3 ; x 2
b. Px x 3
9 2 23 11
x x ; 4x 1
4 2 4
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 21
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
4. Find the length of the edge of a cube if an increase of 3 cm in one dimension and of 6 cm in
another, and a decrease of 2 cm in the third, doubles the volume.
A. 2 cm
B. 3 cm
C. 6 cm
D. 3 cm or 6 cm
E. 6 cm and 9 cm
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
1. discussed the concepts related to rational function;
2. determined the domain, range, zero/s, and intercepts of a rational function;
3. graphed a rational function; and
4. solved problems related to a rational function.
B. Topic Content
What will happen if we have a function which is expressed as fraction whose numerator and
denominators are polynomial functions? Of course, another interesting algebraic function is formed and
this is the rational function. In this lesson, we are going to explore and analyze the properties of the
graphs of rational functions.
Mathematical Concepts:
px
Definition of Rational Function: A function of the form f x , where
qx
px & qx are polynomial function and qx 0 .
Solutions:
3x 3 4 x 5
a. We need to copy the denominator of f x 0 and solve for
2 x 4 and write
x.
2x 4 0
2x 4
2x 4
2 2
3x 3 4 x 5
x 2 Thus, the domain of f x is ,2 2, .
2x 4
b. By using the same concept, we have
x3 1 0
x3 1
3
x3 3 1
4x 5
x 1 Thus, the domain of f x x 3 1 is ,1 1,
c. By using the same concept, we have
2 x 4 8x 2 0
2 x 2 x 2 4 0
2 x 2 x 2x 2 0
of f x 2 x 4 8x 2 is
3
x 0,2 2 Thus, the domain
,2 2,0 0,2 2,
x 2 25
b. f ( x)
x5
By inspection, we can simplify the function
x 2 25
y Change f(x) to y
x5
y
x 5x 5 Factoring
x5
y x5 Cancellation (Reducing Fraction)
x y 5 APE
Supposedly, we can say that the range is any real numbers (no variable y in
the denominator) but the original function has variable in the denominator and this should not be zero
to make it defined. Since x ≠ -5, then y x 5 at x = -5 is NOT in the range.
y = -5 - 5
= -10
Therefore, the range of this function is ,10 10 , because -10 is NOT in
the range.
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 253
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
4x 5
c. f x
x3 1
4x 5
y 3
x 1 Change f(x) to y
y x 3 1 4 x 5
MPE
x y y 4 x 5
3
Distributive
x3 4x y 5
APE
Note that the resulting equation is cubic. It is difficult to solve x in terms of y.
Thus, we need to graph the function and examine the y-values.
Vertical Asymptote: It is a line x = a that was obtained from q(x) if q(x) = 0 and a is a
px p x
real number. Given the equation f x where is in lowest terms, we simply
qx q x
solve for x in q(x) = 0 as the vertical asymptote of a given rational function.
Since the reduced form has no denominator, then the function has no vertical
asymptote.
4x 5
c. f x 3
x 1
x 1 0
3
x3 1
3
x3 3 1
4x 5
x 1 is a vertical asymptote of f x .
x3 1
Solutions:
x 5
a. f ( x)
x2
Since the degree of the numerator and denominator of the given function are equal,
a 1
then the horizontal asymptote is the line y n or y 1 .
bm 1
x 2 2x 2
b. f ( x)
x5
Since the degree of the numerator is greater than 1 than the denominator, then there
is no horizontal asymptote but an oblique or slant asymptote exists.
4x 5 5
c. f x
x3 1
Since the degree of the numerator is greater than the denominator, then there is no
horizontal asymptote but an oblique or slant asymptote exists.
4x 5
f x 3
d. x 1
Since the degree of the numerator is less than the denominator, then horizontal
asymptote is the x-axis or y = 0.
The Intercepts of a Rational Function: These refer to the x and y – intercepts or the
points in the x and y – axes where the graph of the function intersects or touches.
o x – intercepts or zeros of rational function – the point on the x – axis where the
graph touches the horizontal axis and takes the ordered pair (x, 0). To find the x-
intercepts of a rational function, let y = 0 and solve for x.
o y – intercepts – the point on the y-axis where the graph touches the vertical axis
and takes the ordered pair (0, y). To find the y – intercept/s, let x = 0 and solve
for y.
0 x 2 2x 2 MPE
b b 2 4ac
x Quadratic Formula
2a
2 22 41 2
x Substitution
21
2 48
x Simplifying
2
x 1 3 Simplifying
x 2 2x 2
Thus, the zeros or x – intercepts of the function f ( x) are
x5
1 3 & 1 3 or 1 3,0 & 1 3,0 .
For y – intercept:
f ( x)
0 20 2
2
Changing x to 0
0 5
2
f ( x) Identity
5
x 2 2x 2 2
Thus, the y – intercept of the function f ( x) is 0, .
x5 5
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Say something about the following terms and provide at least 1 example for
each term:
1. Rational function
2. Domain of rational function
3. Range of rational function
4. Intercepts of rational function
5. Asymptotes of rational function
Part 2. Find a partner and answer the following items completely. Use graphing paper or yellow
pad paper as your answer sheet. You may use calculator, Geogebra, or other technologies to graph
and answer the given problems. You are rated according to these criteria:
Accuracy -------------------------------------------- 5 points
Clarity/Legibility ---------------------------------- 2 points
Solution --------------------------------------------- 3 points
Total 10 points per sub item
1. Graph the following functions and determine its (a) domain, (b) range, and (c) intercepts:
2x 1
a. f x
4 x 4 3x 2
x2 9
b. P( x)
3x 2 x x 3 3
x3 4x
c. f x
x 1
2. Determine the vertical and horizontal asymptotes of the functions in item 2 (a – c).
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 22
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
2x 5
2. Which of the following is the domain of f ( x) ?
3x 4
A. , ,
5 5
2 2
B. , ,
4 4
3 3
C. , ,
5 5
2 2
D. , ,
4 4
3 3
E. ,5 5,
2x 5
3. Which of the following is the range of f ( x) ?
3x 4
A. , ,
4 4
3 3
B. , ,
2 2
3 3
C. , ,
4 4
3 3
D. , ,
2 2
3 3
E. ,
2 x 2 3x 1
4. What is/are the asymptote/s of f ( x) ?
x 2 5x
A. Vertical Asymptotes are x = 0 & x = 5 and no horizontal asymptote.
B. Vertical Asymptotes are x = 0 & x = 5 and horizontal asymptote y = -2.
C. Vertical Asymptotes are x = 0 & x = 5 and horizontal asymptote y = 2.
D. Vertical Asymptotes are x = 0 & x = -5 and horizontal asymptote y = -2.
E. Vertical Asymptotes are x = 0 & x = -5 and horizontal asymptote y = 2.
3x 1
5. Which of the following is the graph of f ( x) ?
x 2 5x
A. D.
B. E.
C.
General Objectives
At the end of the chapter, the students are expected to:
1. Demonstrated in-depth knowledge on exponential and logarithmic functions;
2. Performed different operations involving exponential and logarithmic functions;
3. Used software (Geogebra, Graphic Calculator, and the like) in graphing exponential and
logarithmic functions; and
4. Appreciated the existence and importance of exponential and logarithmic functions in the
real world.
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
1. described the properties of inverse function; and
2. determined the inverse of a given function.
B. Topic Content
In most of the existing functions, we are usually interested with the values of dependent
variable and seldom, we want to find the value of independent variable given the dependent variable.
What if we are asked to express function in an inverse manner? How do we do that? In this lesson, we
are going to explore what is and how we obtain an inverse function.
Mathematical Concepts:
Definition of Inverse Functions: Two functions f and g are inverse functions if and
only if
o for each x in the domain of g, g(x) is in the domain of f and
f g x f g x x.
o for each x in the domain of f, f(x) is in the domain of g and
g f x g f x x .
x3
Example 1. Consider f ( x) 4 x 3 & g ( x) . Verify if f and g are inverses of
4
each other.
Solution:
f g x f gx x
x 3
f
4
x 3
4 3
4
x Thus, f and g are inverse functions.
x3
Example 3. Prove that f x is a one – to – one function.
2x 1
Solution:
Using the second condition, we have
f x1 f x2 Hypothesis
x1 3 x 3
2 Substitution
2 x1 1 2 x2 1
x1 32x2 1 x2 32x1 1 MPE
2x1 x2 x1 6x2 3 2x1 x2 x2 6x1 3 FOIL
x1 6x2 x2 6x1 APE
7 x2 7 x1 APE
x2 x1 MPE
x3
Thus, f x is a one – to – one function.
2x 1
Example 4. Prove or disprove: f x
1
is one – to – one or not one-to-one
x 5
function.
Solution:
Let x1 2 & x2 8 where x1 x2 , then
f x1 f x2
1 1
x1 5 x2 5 Substitution
1 1
25 85 Substitution
1 1
3 3 Simplifying
Horizontal Line Test: A function is one – to – one function if and only if every
horizontal line intersects the graph of the function in no more than one point.
Example 5. Given the graphs of functions below, determine if it is one – to – one or not.
a. b.
Solutions:
a.
Since there are 3 intersections, the function
is NOT one-to-one.
Solutions:
x3
a. f x ; on1,
2x 1
Let x1 1 & x2 5 where x1 x2 , then
1 3 53
?
21 1 25 1
4 8
?
1 9
Thus, the function is decreasing function on 1, .
8
4
9
b. f x 2x 5; on ,
Let x1 1 & x2 5 where x1 x2 , then
21 5 ? 25 5
2?5
2 5 Thus, the function is increasing function on , .
1
Theorem: A function f has an inverse f if and only if f is one – to – one.
Example 7. Verify that the inverse of f x x 3 8 is f 1 x 3 x 8 and both are one-
to-one.
Solution:
f g x
3
3
x 8 8
x 88
x
Thus, f & f 1 are inverse functions.
The graphs of f & f 1 are:
b.
c. X Y
2 5
3 4
4 3
5 2
x3
d. f x
2x 1
Solutions:
a. 0,1, 2,3, 4,6, 8,10
Answer: Since the given is one-to-one (by graphing), then
1,0, 3,2, 6,4, 10,8.
b.
Answer: Since the given is one-to-one (by graphing), then
c. X Y
2 5
3 4
4 3
5 2
Answer: By inspection, the given is one-to-one (decreasing function). So,
the inverse is:
X Y
5 2
4 3
3 4
2 5
x3
d. f x
2x 1
x 3
4. Let f be the function f x . Determine if the function f is one-to-one or not. If it is one-
x4
to-one, find its inverse.
xh
5. Show that the function defined by f x is its own inverse for any values of h and k.
kx 1
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 23
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
2x 3
2. What is the inverse function of f ( x) ?
5x
2x 3
A. f 1 ( x)
5x
3
B. f 1 ( x)
5x 2
3
C. f 1 ( x)
5x
x 5
D. f 1 ( x)
3x
x
E. f 1 ( x)
5x 3
5. What is the restriction of the domain of f ( x) x 2 x in order to have its own inverse function?
A. x0
B. x 1
C. x 5
D. x2
E. x5
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
1. described the properties of exponential function;
2. illustrated the properties of exponential function;
3. sketched the graph of exponential function; and
4. solved problems related to exponential function.
B. Topic Content
In these days, we observe that most of the people talk about DM or double your money
investment. Most of these investments are controversial because of their legalities and of course of the
people that operates such investments. Most of us are investing our money for the sake of profit, which
is making our money be doubled after some time. The question is, ―Why do people attracted to these
investments despite of illegitimacies or legalities?
Let’s think of the investment a as it follows the function f x a2 x where a is an invested
capital (our money) and x is the time when it is doubled. Imagine that if we invested 10,000 pesos for 1
year if it is doubled every month, we can have f x 10000 212 40,960,000 . This is the real
application and the power of exponential function.
Mathematical Concepts:
Examples:
1. The variable x in an exponential function must be a/an ______
a. literal coefficient b. numerical coefficient c. exponent d. radicand
Answer: c
f(x) -4 -2 0 2 4
b.
X 0 1 2 3 4
f(x) 1 3 9 27 81
c.
X -2 -1 0 1 2
f(x) -10 -5 0 5 10
d.
X 0 1 2 3 4
f(x) 1 3 5 7 9
Answer: d
8. *( ) ( ) ( ) ( )+ is an exponential. Find y.
a. 64 b. 32 c. 16 d. 8
Answer: a
Solution: By inspecting the x values (0, 1, 2, 6), we obviously noticed that there’s a gap from 2
to 6. The missing x values are 3, 4, and 5. We let the y values of 3 as b, of 4 as c, and of 5 as d.
Then, by getting the common ratio of y values, we have = = = = = . These equations
could help us to find y. From = , we have 16 = 2b and b = 8. From = , substitute b = 8. So,
= gives c = 16. By using the same process, we get d = 32 and y = 64.
Another way is to find the ratio which is 2. Then from 1 of the y value, we multiply 1 by 2 and
2 by 2 and so on getting the values of y 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, … And by inspection, we
count from 0 to 6th y value and this is 64.
C. Drill 1
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
3. F(x) = 1 + (-2)x+2 is NOT an exponential function. What makes it NOT an exponential function?
a. the negative base b. the constant 1 c. the exponent (x+2) d. the + sign
F(x) 2 8 F(x) 2
b. d.
X -1 0 1 2 x -1 0 1 2
F(x) 3 6 9 12 F(x) -1
Examples:
1. A line that the graph of an exponential function approaches more closely but never touches that
line is called ______.
a. parabola b. asymptote c. x-axis d. y-axis
Answer: b
3. The graph of f(x) = x where and will intersect the y-axis at _____.
a. (0, 1) b. (1, 0) c. (0, ) d. ( , 0)
Answer: a (Because f(0) = 1)
1 1
-1 -1
Answer: c
5. Which of the following exponential functions has a graph above the x-axis?
a. b. c. d.
Answer: c
6. Refer to the graph below. What is the asymptote of the given graph?
a. x = 1 c. x 1
b. y = 1 d. y 1
2
1
Answer: b
8. Which exponential function has an asymptote y = 0 and its graph falls below the x-axis?
a. f(x) = 2x b. f(x) = - 2x c. f(x) = ( )x d. f(x) = 2-x
Answer: b (Because of – sign, the graph falls below the x-axis)
Answer: d
1 1 1 1
-1 -1
Answer: c
Drill 2.
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
1. A smooth curve graph is the graph of ________ function.
a. linear b. quadratic c. polynomial d. exponential function
2. The graph of an exponential function approaches more closely to the line x = 2 but never
touches it. What is the asymptote of the function?
a. x = 2 b. y = 2 c. x-axis d. y-axis
3. The graphs of these functions always intersect at the point (0, 1). Which of the following
families of functions these graphs belong?
a. f(x) = mx +b b. f(x) = ax2 +bx+c c. f(x) = ax d. f(x) = loga x
x
4. Which of the following is the graph of an exponential function f(x) = where
a. b. c. d.
1 1 1 1
-1 -1 -1
5. Which graph is the graph of an exponential function with an asymptote of y = 0 and falls below
the x-axis?
a. b. c. d.
Mathematical Concepts:
The domain of an exponential function f(x) = x +c or f(x) = x
+c where or
and c is constant is any set of real numbers.
The range of an exponential function
f(x) = x is ;
x
f(x) = +c is ;
x
f(x) = is ; and
x
f(x) = +c is
x
The exponential function f(x) = has no x-intercept.
x
The exponential function f(x) = c has no x-intercept if but if , then the
x-intercept can be solved by solving the exponential equation.
The x-intercept of an exponential function is the point where its graph passes through
the x-axis.
The exponential function f(x) = x has the y-intercept 1 or (0, 1).
x
The exponential function f(x) = has the y-intercept -1 or (0, -1).
x
The exponential function f(x) = c has the y-intercept (1 c) or (0, 1 c).
x
The exponential function f(x) = c has the y-intercept ( c-1) or (0, c-1).
The trend of an exponential function of the form
f(x) = x where is increasing and if is decreasing.
x
f(x) = c where is increasing and if is decreasing.
x
f(x) = where is decreasing and if is increasing.
x
f(x) = c where is decreasing and if is increasing.
Based on the graph of an exponential function,
a. the domain is any set of real numbers.
b. the range is a set of real numbers greater than the asymptote if its graph is
rising to the left or right.
c. the range is a set of real numbers less than the asymptote if its graph is
falling to the right or left.
d. the x-intercept is a point ( )where the graph crosses the x-axis.
e. the y-intercept is a point along the y-axis (0, ) where the graph crosses
the y-axis.
f. the trend is increasing if the graph rises to the right and it is decreasing if it
rises to the left.
Examples:
Please refer to the graph below for items 1 – 3.
7. Which of the following graphs has the domain all real numbers?
a. b. c. d.
Answer: c
-1 -1 -1 -1
-2 -2 -2 -2
-3 -3 -3 -3
Answer: c
Drill 3
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
1. The point in the x-axis where the graph of an exponential function crosses it is called __.
a. domain b. range c. x-intercept d. y-intercept
2. The point in the y-axis where the graph of an exponential function crosses it is called __.
a. domain b. range c. x-intercept d. y-intercept
Mathematical Concepts:
Laws of Exponents
xm xn = xm+n Product Law
= Quotient Law
m n mn
(x ) = x Power to a Power Law
(xy)m = xmym Power of a Product Law
x0 = 1 Law of Zero Exponent
. /n = Power of a Quotient Law
x-n = Law of Negative Exponent
. /-n = . /n
Properties of Exponents
If xm = xn, then m = n.
If xm = ym, then x = y.
To find the zeros of an exponential function, we should follow the following steps:
1. Let f(x) = 0.
2. Isolate the exponential expression.
3. Express the non-exponential expression into its exponential form with the same base
as the isolated exponential expression if possible. If not possible, take the logarithm
of both sides.
4. Solve for the variable.
Examples:
1. Simplify: 12x2●3x5
a. 36x3 b. 36x7 c. 36x10 d. all of the choices
Answer: b
3. Simplify: . /-3
a. b. c. -8 d. 8
Answer: c
Solution: . /-3 (Given)
=. /3 (Law of Exponent)
=-8 (Simplifying)
√
6. Simplify: √
a. √ b. √ c. √ d. √
Answer: b
√
Solution: √
(Given)
( )√
√
(Rewriting 64 into base 2 exponential form)
√ (Law of Exponent)
( )
8. Simplify: [ ]
( )
√ √ √
a. b. c. d.
Answer: c
( )
Solution: [ ] (Given)
( )
( )
=[ ] (Law of Exponent)
( )
( )
= [ ] (Law of Exponent)
( )
( )
= (Law of Exponent)
( )
=( ) ( ) (Definition of Division)
√
= (Simplifying)
Let 2x = y
0 = y3 +y -68 (Substitution)
By synthetic division, we have
4 1 0 1 -68
4 16 68
1 4 17 0
2
Depressed Equation: y +4y+17 = 0. This equation cannot yield rational zeros and so, only 4 is
the real zero. So,
y–4 =0 (Factor Theorem)
x
2 –4=0 (Substitution)
x
2 =4 (APE)
x 2
2 =2 (Rewriting 4 into base 2)
x=2 (Property of Exponent)
Drill 4
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
blacken the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
1. Simplify: ( )-3
a. b. c. d.
3. Simplify: [(4x2-3xz)-3]0
a. b. c. 0 d. 1
4. Find the zero/s of f(x) = ex -1.
a. -1 b. 0 c. 1 d. 2
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 24
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
5. Which of the following exponential function has the greatest ordinate value when the abscissa is
a set of negative integers?
A. f(x) = 2x
B. f(x) = -2x
C. f(x) = ( )x
D. f(x) = - ( )x
E. None of the choices
F(x) 1 2 4
B.
x -2 -1 0 1 2
F(x) 4 2 1
C.
x -2 -1 0 1 2
F(x) -1 -2 -4
D.
X -2 -1 0 1 2
F(x) -4 -2 -1
7. Graph f(x) = ( )x .
A.
B.
C.
D.
9. When f(x) = ( )x is plotted to the Cartesian plane, its graph looks like ___________.
A. a smooth curve above the x-axis, rising to the left, falling and approaching the x-axis but
never touches the x-axis.
B. a smooth curve above the x-axis, rising to the right, falling and approaching the x-axis but
never touches the x-axis.
C. a smooth curve below the x-axis, rising to the left, falling and approaching the x-axis but
never touches the x-axis.
D. a smooth curve below the x-axis, rising to the right, falling and approaching the x-axis but
never touches the x-axis.
E. None of the choices
C. Asymptote: x-axis
14. What is the trend of the function f(x) = 2x -1 at any interval based on its graph?
A. increasing
B. decreasing
C. neither
D. either
E. cannot be determined
15. Which of the following exponential functions has no x-intercept but has (0, 3) as its y-intercept?
A. f(x) = 3x
B. f(x) = 3x +1
C. f(x) = 3x +2
D. f(x) = 3x +3
E. f(x) = 3x - 3
( )
18. Simplify: [ ]
A.
B. x10y8z4
C.
D.
E. Cannot be simplified
19. The zero of an exponential function is 5. Find the described exponential function.
A. f(x) = 2x+10
B. f(x) = 2x - 32
C. f(x) = 2x +32
D. f(x) = 52x
E. None of the choices
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
1. described the properties of logarithmic functions;
2. illustrated the properties of logarithmic functions; and
3. solved problems related to logarithmic functions.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts:
Logarithmic function f(x) = is the inverse of an exponential function f(x) = x for every x
0.
loga y = x if and only if ax = y for a 0, a 1, and y 0. A logarithm is an exponent which a
must have to produce y.
Some Logarithm Properties
1. logb 1 = 0
2. logb b = 1
3. logb (bx) = x
4. b(logb y) = y
5. logb c =
6. logb x =
7. log b = log10 b
8. loge x = ln x
9. ln 1 =0
10. ln ex = x
To change the exponential form into logarithmic form, the pattern is:
y = bx logb y = x
base
exponent
power
Examples:
1. Express 3x = 5 in logarithmic form.
a. log5 x = 3 b. log3 x =5 c. log3 5 = x d. all of the choices
Answer: c
8. If f(x) = 3x – c and c = e4, then what inverse function can be formed using the e?
a. f(x) = log3(e4 +x) b. f(x) = e4 c. f(x) = logx 3e4 d. none
Answer: a
Solution: f(x) = 3x – c (Given)
x 4
f(x) = 3 – e (Substitution)
y 4
x=3 –e (Interchanging x and y)
e4 +x = 3y (APE)
4
f(x) = log3(e +x) (Transforming exponential to log form)
9. If f(x) = log (x+5), then what inverse function can be formed using this function?
a. f(x) = 10y b. f(x) = 10x +5 c. f(x) = 10x -5 d. none
Answer: c
Solution: f(x) = log (x+5) (Given)
x = log (y+5) (Interchanging x and y)
x
10 = y+5 (Rewriting log to exponential form)
x
10 – 5 = y APE
C. Drill 1
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet. Then, answer the
questions for discussion.
1. What is the inverse of an exponential function?
a. linear function c. quadratic function
b. polynomial function d. logarithmic function
Mathematical Concepts:
The graph of the logarithmic function f(x) = loga x is a smooth curve which is approaching
more and more closely to the y-axis but never touches it.
Properties of the Graph of f(x) = loga x for a 0, a 1
1. The domain consists of all positive real numbers.
2. The range consists of all real numbers.
3. The function increases for a 1 and decreases for 0 a 1.
4. It is a one-to-one function.
5. The x-intercept of the graph is 1. There is no y-intercept.
6. The y-axis is a vertical asymptote of the graph.
Examples:
1. The graph of the logarithmic function f(x) = loga x is a _____.
a. parabola b. straight line c. smooth curve d. dotted line
Answer: c
Answer: c (Because the domain is a set of all positive real numbers and its asymptote is the y-
axis)
Answer: c
f(x) -2 -1 0 1 2
Answer: a
f(x) -2 -1 0 1 2
-1 1 2 3 4 5 -1 1 2 3 4 5 -1 1 2 3 4 5 -1 1 2 3 4 5
Answer: b
Solution: We will transform f(x) = log2 (x-1) into 2y = x-1.
X 5/4 3/2 2 3 5
f(x) -2 -1 0 1 2
9. If a certain logarithmic function has the points (2, 0), (4, 1), ( , -1) and (10, 2), find the function.
a. f(x) = log2 x b. f(x) = log3 (x-1) c. f(x) = log3 x d. f(x) = log4 x
Answer: b
Solution: We will use the form y = loga (x+c) or ay = x+c. Then, we will substitute two points
from the given points (2, 0), (4, 1), ( , -1) and solve for a and c.
So, at (2, 0) we have
a0 = 2+c
1 = 2+c
-1 = c
10. Which of the following functions best describes the graph below?
a. f(x) = log3 x b. f(x) = log3 (x+1) c. f(x) = log3 (x-1) d. f(x) = log3 x2
Answer: b
Solution: Use the same concept in number 9. Use points (0, 0) and (2, 1).
Drill 2
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution and
write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
1. The y-axis is the asymptote of the function _____.
a. f(x) = 2x b. f(x) = log2 x c. f(x) = 2x d. f(x) = x2
Properties of Logarithms
Mathematical Concepts:
Laws of Logarithms
1. Logarithm of a Product: The logarithm of a product is equal to the sum of the logarithms of
its factors.
loga xy = loga x + loga y
3. Logarithm of a Power: The logarithm of a power xm is equal to the product of the exponent
m and the logarithm of the base x.
loga xm = mloga x
log b x
Change of Base: log a x
log b a
Some Properties of Logarithms:
1. log a a n n
2. log a 1 0
3. log 10 a log a
4. ln e a ln a
1
5. log a log 1 b 1
a b
6. a loga x e ln x x ; x >0
Examples:
1. log3 5(4) is the same as ____
a. log3 5 – log3 4 b. log3 5 + log3 4 c. d. log5 3 + log4 3
Answer: b (Because of logarithm of a product)
5. Expand loga .
a. loga x2 + loga y3 – loga w + loga z4 c. 2loga x +3loga y – loga w -4loga z
b. 2loga x +3loga y – loga w + 4loga z d. 2loga x +3loga y – (loga w -4loga z)
Answer: c
Solution: loga = loga x2y3 – loga wz4 (Log. Of a Quotient)
= loga x2 +loga y3 – (loga w +loga z4) (Log. Of a Product)
= 2loga x +3loga y – (loga w +4loga z) (Log. Of a Power)
= 2loga x +3loga y – loga w -4loga z (Simplifying)
9. What is the value of loga 144 if loga 2 = a and loga 3 = b in terms of a and b?
a. 4a +2b b. a4 +b2 c. 24 (32) d. 2a (3b)
Answer: a
Solution: We need to express loga 144 in terms of loga 2 and loga 3. So, we need to factor out
144.
144 = 24●32 (Factoring)
4 2
loga 144 = loga (2 ●3 )
= loga 24 + loga 32 (Log. Of a Product)
= 4loga 2 +2loga 3 (Log. Of a Power)
= 4a + 2b (Substitution)
Drill 3
Part 1. Directions: Answer the following questions orally.
1. How do you define logarithmic function?
2. Give at least 1 properties of logarithmic function and illustrate.
3. How will you apply the properties of logarithm?
4. Why is it that we don’t have logarithm of a sum NOR logarithm of a diffirence? Illustrate your
answer.
Part 2. Directions: Simplify the following logarithmic expressions by applying its appropriate
properties/laws.
1. log 1000 2 log 0.01
2. log 2 64 x4 ln e 3x5
2
3. log x e
ln x
1
4. 2 log2 4
log 10
ln 1
5. log 5 2 log10 log 5 5log 5
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the standard
protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times New Roman
as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G. Classroom. For those
who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and organize these in PDF format
before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 25
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will be
given per item).
4. Given: log 2 = a, log 3 = b, log 5 = c and log 7 = d. Express log 2520 in terms of a, b, c, and d.
A. a3 +b2 +c +d
B. a3b2cd
C. 3a+2b+c+d
D. 3a +b +2c
E. a + b -2c + d
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
B. Topic Content
Let us explore the relationship between exponential ans logarithmic functions and solve varied
problems involving exponential and logarithmic functions by studying the mathematical concepts
and examples below.
Mathematical Concepts:
An exponential equation is an equation containing variable in the exponent. Examples:
2 x 1 4;5 3 x 125 x 3
A logarithmic equation is an equation containing logarithm. Example: 2 = logx 36
To solve for the exponential equation, we simply follow the following:
1. Isolate a term containing variable in the exponent.
2. Express both sides of the equation with the same base (If a x a y , then x = y).
(If the terms can’t be expressed with the same base, use the property “If a x b y , then
log a x log b y or ln a x ln b y ).
3. Solve for the unknown.
4. Check.
To solve for the logarithmic equation, we simply follow the following:
1. Express the given logarithms as a single logarithm if possible.
2. Rewrite the equation in exponential form.
3. Isolate the exponential expression and express the non-exponential expression into
exponential expression of the same base if needed and possible.
4. If the non-exponential expression cannot be expressed into exponential form with the same
base, take the logarithm of both sides, and
5. Solve for the unknown.
6. Check.
Remember that:
loga ax = x =x
x
ln e = x =x
m n
If x = x , then m=n.
If xm = ym, then x = y.
logb c =
Examples:
1. Find x if 2 x 2 32 .
a. 2 b. 5 c. 7 d. 9
Answer: c
Solution: 2 x 2 32 (Given)
x 2
2 2 5
(Rewriting into the same base)
x2 5 (Property of Exponent)
x7 (APE)
2. What is x in = x?
a. b b. 4 c. 0 d. no value
Answer: a
Solution: =x (Given)
b=x (Property of logarithm)
3. Which of the following logarithmic equations can be expressed in exponential equation having
the same base?
a. log2 8 = x b. log3 100 = y c. log2 a2x+5 = a d. log 2a =5
3
Answer: a (Because 8 can be written as 2 )
4. If 5 x 2 3 , find x.
a. 3 b. log 3 2 c. 2 log 5 3 d. None of the choices
Answer: c
Solution: 5 x2 3 (Given)
log 5 x2 log 3 (Property of Logarithm)
( x 2) log 5 log 3 (Property of Logarithm)
log 3
x2 (MPE)
log 5
log 3
x 2 (APE)
log 5
x 2 log 5 3 (Property of Logarithm)
If x = 2, the logarithmic equation is defined but if x = -2, the equation will be undefined.
Therefore, the only solution is 2.
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Answer the following questions orally.
1. Based from the examples above, what is the relationship between exponential and
logarithmic equations?
2. How can you solve exponential equation?
3. How can you solve logarithmic equation?
4. Why does log x x 2 4 2 has no solution?
5. Make 1 exponential equation and 1 logarithmic equation that have the same solution set.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 26
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
2. Find x if ln e4 = x.
A. e
B. 0
C. 4
D. 5
E. 6
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this lesson, the students must have
solved real-life problems involving exponential and logarithmic functions.
B. Topic Content
Let us explore the mathematical concepts below to understand how we can apply exponential
and logarithmic functions in real-life problems.
Mathematical Concepts:
Growth Law: N = N0ekt where
N – the present population at time t
N0 – the original population at time t = 0
k – constant rate of growth
e – irrational number equivalent to 2.71828…
Compound Interest: A = P (1 + )nt where
A – the total amount compounded after t years
P – the principal amount or borrowed amount
r – the rate of interest
t – the time in years
n – the number of times the money is compounded
Compounded Continuously: A = Pert where
A – the total amount compounded continuously after t years
P – the principal amount
e – irrational number equivalent to 2.71828…
r – the rate of interest
t – the time in years
Exponential Growth/Decay: y = aekt where
y – the present population/mass/volume at time t
a – the initial population/mass/volume at time t =0
k – the constant rate of growth/decay
If k 0, then y is growing exponentially.
If k 0, then y is decaying exponentially.
t – time
Half-life is the time needed for the radioactive substance to be half of its original
mass/volume.
Rate of Increase/Decrease : x 100%
Examples:
1. Suppose f(t) is the number of bacteria present in a certain culture in t minutes and f(t) =
10,000e2t, where a is constant. How many bacteria were present initially?
a. 0 b. 1,000 c. 10,000 d. undefined
Answer: c
2. In problem number 1, how long will the bacteria be 1,000,000 in number? Express your answer
in natural logarithm (ln).
a. min b. ln 50 min c. ln 1,000 min d. ln 10,000 min
Answer: a
Solution: f(t) = 10,000e2t (Given Growth Law)
1,000,000 = 10,000 e2t (Substitution f(t) = 1,000,000)
100 = e2t (MPE)
ln 100 = ln e2t (Taking ln both sides)
ln 100 = 2t (Property of ln)
=t (MPE)
3. A beehive has a population of 200 bees. In one week, the population increases to 220. What is
the constant growth rate of the bees’ population per week if their living conditions remain
unchanged?
a. 5% b. 10% c. 20% d. 30%
Answer: b
Solution: x 100%
= x 100%
= x 100%
= 10%
4. A 20-g radioactive substance was placed in a container. After 10 days, it was discovered that
there was only half of its original mass. How much substance will be left after 50 days starting
from the day it was put in a container?
a. 5 g b. 2.5 g c. 1.25 g d. 0.675 g
Answer: d
Solution: 20 g t=0
10 g t = 10 days (Half-life)
5g t = 20 days
2.5 g t = 30 days
1.25 g t = 40 days
0.675 g t = 50 days
5. The population of a certain town is given by the equation N = 10,000 (1.05)t where t is the
number of years. Find its population after 2 years.
a. 10,000 b. 11,025 c. 11,576 d. 20,000
Answer: b
Solution: N = 10,000 (1.05)t (Growth Law)
2
= 10,000 (1.05) (Substitution)
= 10,000 (1.1025) (Simplifying (1.05)2)
= 11,025 (Multiplication)
6. Carbon dating is a process of determining when an organism died based on the present content
C14 whose half-life is 5,600 years. If a certain dinosaur as of this moment contained 12.5% of its
original C14, when was this dinosaur died?
a. 5,600 yrs ago b. 11,200 yrs ago c. 16,800 yrs ago d. 22,400 yrs ago
Answer: c
Solution: At t = 0 100% C14 was present
At t = 5,600 50% C14 was present
At t = 11,200 25% C14 was present
At t = 16,800 12.5% C14 was present
Therefore, the dinosaur died 16,800 years ago.
7. A loan can be paid by the formula A = Php 50,000 (1.1)2t where t is in years. Determine the
amount to be paid after 6 months.
a. Php 50,000 b. Php 55,000 c. Php 100,000 d. Php 156,921.42
Answer: b
Solution: A = Php 50,000 (1.1)2t (Compound Interest Formula)
2(0.5)
= Php 50,000 (1.1) (Substitution t = 6/12 or 0.5 year)
= Php 50,000 (1.1) (Simplifying 2(0.5) = 1)
= Php 55,000
8. In problem number 7, what was the original amount of loan?
a. Php 50,000 b. Php 55,000 c. Php 100,000 d. Php 156,921.42
Answer: a
9. It is known that the logistic growth model given by P(t) = relates the proportion of Metro
Manila households that own a personal computer to the year. Let t = 0 represent 2010, t = 1
represent 2011, etc. What ratio of the Metro Manila households owned a personal computer in
the year 2012?
a. b. c. d.
Answer: a
Solution: Since the year is 2012, it follows that t = 2.
So, P(2) = = = or 5.29%
10. In problem number 9, determine the percentage of the Metro Manila households owned a
personal computer at the beginning of 2010.
a. 5.29% b. 45% c. 52.94% d. 80%
Answer: b
C. Drill
Directions: Read each item carefully and comprehensively. Use scratch paper for your solution
and write the letter of your best choice among the four choices in your answer sheet.
1. An ant colony has a population of 2,000 ants. In one day, the population increases at 2,210.
What is its average growth rate of the population of ants per day assuming that their living
conditions are the same?
a. 10% b. 10.5% c. 105% d. 210%
2. In problem number 1, if the growth rate remains constant, determine the population of ants after
3 days.
a. 2,442 b. 2,698 c. 2,981 d. cannot be determined
3. A house was purchased for Php 1,400,000 in January, 2010. A year later, the same house was
sold for Php 1,435,000. How many percent of increase was charged to the said house?
a. 2.5% b. 25% c. 35% d. 250%
4. The population of a certain city is given by N = 10,000 (1.03)t where t is in years. What is the
initial population of the said city?
a. 10,000 b. 10,300 c. 10,500 d. not mentioned in the problem
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 27
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
B. =-2
C. 6-2 =
D. 36-2 = 6
E. None of the choices
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 315
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
5. If f(x) = e4x, then what inverse function can be formed using this equation?
A. g(x) = ln 4x
B. g(x) = lne x
C. g(x) = ln x
D. g(x) = ln4 x
E. None of the choices
6. Which of the following logarithmic function has the closest graph to the y-axis?
A. f(x) = log2 x
B. f(x) = log3 x
C. f(x) = log4 x
D. f(x) = log5 x
E. None of the choices
√
10. Expand: loga
A. loga x + loga y –loga w
B. loga x√ + loga w
C. loga x√ – loga w
D. loga x +loga √ -loga w
E. None of the choices
B.
C. 2 ln 2
D. 2 ln
E. None of the choices
14. Given: log 2 = a, log 3 = b, log 5 = c and log 7 = d. Express log 16.8 in terms of a, b, c and d.
A. 2a+b+c-d
B. a+b+c+d
C. 2a+b+d-c
D.
E. None of the choices
20. A certain radioactive substance has a half-life of 20 seconds. If there are 100 ml of this
substance in a container at present, how much will be left after 1 minute?
A. 100 ml
B. 50 ml
C. 25 ml
D. 12.5 ml
E. None of the choices
21. How long will it take 88-g of magnesium-28 to decay into 11-g? (Half-life of magnesium-28 is
21 hours).
A. 21 hrs
B. 42 hrs
C. 63 hrs
D. 84 hrs
E. None of the choices
22. A number N of bacteria present in a culture is given by N = 250(1.005)5t where t is the time in
minutes. What is the initial number of bacteria in a culture?
A. 250
B. 251
C. 256
D. 262
E. None of the choices
24. It is known that the logistic growth model given by P(t) = relates the proportion of Roxas
City households that own a house and lot to the year. Let t = 0 represent 2008, t = 1 represent
2009, etc. What ratio of the Roxas City households owned a house and lot in the year 2012?
A.
B.
C.
D.
E. None of the choices
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 319
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Introduction
We are familiar with three-sided figures called triangles. In all these triangles, a triangle with
right angle possesses special properties that are significant in today’s real – life structures and designs
and for valuable measurements. Have you ever wonder why Egyptians made their famous pyramids out
bricks in right triangles? Have you notice a roof top made of right triangles? Why do engineers utilize
right triangles on their designs? To answer these questions, let’s explore the different lessons in this
module.
General Objectives: During and upon doing this chapter, the students must have:
1. Familiarized the 6 basic trigonometric functions of an acute angle;
2. Evaluated the trigonometric functions of special and non-special angles;
3. Illustrated the inverse trigonometric functions;
4. Shared ideas on the derivations of Sine and Cosine Laws; and
5. Solved problems related to right and oblique triangles
A. Specific Objectives: During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have
familiarized the 6 basic trigonometric functions of an acute angle.
B. Topic Content
To understand this lesson, let us study the following concelts and examples.
Mathematical Concepts
Trigonometry – the study of triangle measurements and the relationship between sides and
angles.
Trigonometric Ratio – ratio that describes a relationship between the sides and an angle of a
triangle.
The Six Trigonometric Ratios – six ratios formed based from a right triangle namely: sine (sin),
cosine (cos), tangent (tan), cosecant (csc), secant (sec), & cotangent (cot).
sine (sin) – the ratio between the opposite side of the given angle over the hypotenuse (soh).
cosine (cos) – the ratio between the adjacent side of the given angle over the hypotenuse (cah).
tangent (tan) – the ratio between the opposite side of the given angle over its adjacent side
(toa).
cosecant (csc) – the reciprocal of sine or the ratio between the hypotenuse over opposite side of
the given angle (cho).
secant (sec) – the reciprocal of cosine or the ratio between the hypotenuse over the adjacent
side of the given angle (sha).
cotangent (cot) – the reciprocal of tangent or the ratio between the adjacent side over the
opposite side of the given angle (cao).
Examples:
1. Illustrate the six trigonometric ratios of in each of the following figures:
Answers:
d r
a. sin = ; csc b. sin = 8 sin 4 ; csc
5
r d 10 5 4
c r 6 3 5
cos ; sec cos cos ; sec
r c 10 5 3
d c 8 4 3
tan ; cot tan tan ; cot
c d 6 3 4
2. Illustrate the six trigonometric ratios for s A & B in the figure at the
right.
Answers:
sin A= 3 ; csc A 5 sin B = 4 ; csc B 5
5 3 5 4
4 5 3 5
cos A ; sec A cos B ; sec B
5 4 5 3
3 4 4 3
tan A ; cot A tan B ; cot B
4 3 3 4
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Illustrate the six trigonometric ratios (in simplest form) of angle in each of the
figures below. Write your answers in a piece of paper or in your word document.
Part 2. Directions: Find the missing side of each right triangle below and illustrate the six
trigonometric ratios of angle . Write your solutions (in simplest forms) in a piece of paper or in
your word document.
Part 3. Directions: Illustrate the other 5 trigonometric ratios if one of the six trigonometric ratios is
given below. Write your solutions (in simplest forms) in a piece of paper or in your word
document.
40 5 7
1. sin A 2. cosC 5. cot D
41 17 15
8 25
3. tan 4. csc
7 12
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 28
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
C.
D.
E.
There are right triangles that consist of special angles such as the 30 0 60 0 90 0 triangles and the
45 45 0 90 0 . Thesea triangles contain special angles in which we can easily get the values of the 6
0
A. Specific Objective
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have evaluated the trigonometric
functions of special and non-special angles.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts:
Special Angles – angles with measures 30˚, 45˚, 60˚, 90˚ and their coterminal angles.
Trigonometric Ratios of Special Angles
sin cos tan csc sec cot
0˚ 0 1 0 1
30˚ 1 3 3 2 2 3 3
2 2 3 3
45˚ 2 2 1 2 2 1
2 2
60˚ 3 1 3 2 3 2 3
2 2 3 3
90˚ 1 0 1 0
Mnemonic Device to Find the Numerical Value of Trigonometric Ratio of Special Angles (LEFT
HAND PALM RULE)
https://pixabay.com/vectors/hand-left-palm-human-32687/
√
Illustrations:
0
a. sin 0
0
sin 0 0 0
2
0
b. sin 30
1 1
sin 30 0
2 2
0
c. sin 45
2
sin 45 0
2
d. sin 60 0
3
sin 60 0
2
0
e. sin 90
4 2
sin 90 0 1
2 2
√
Illustrations:
a. cos 45 0
2
cos 45 0
2
b. cos 60 0
1 1
cos 60 0
2 2
c. cos 90 0
0
cos90 0 0
2
√
Illustrations:
a. tan 30 0
1 1 3 3
tan 30 0
3 3 3 3
b. tan 45 0
2
tan 45 0 1 1
2
c. tan 60 0
3
tan 60 0 3
1
To evaluate non-special angles, we need a scientific calculator. We simply set the mode of
calculator in degrees if the given angle is in degrees or in radian if the given angle is in
radian measure.
Examples:
1. Determine the trigonometric ratios of 30˚, 45˚ & 60˚ in each of the figure below. Do not use
calculator.
Solutions:
15 1 2 3 3 5 2
sin 30 0 b. sin 60 c. sin 45 0
0
a.
30 2 4 2 5 2 2
15 3 3 2 1 5 2
cos 30 0 cos60 0 cos 45 0
30 2 4 2 5 2 2
15 3 2 3 5
tan 30 0 tan 60 0 3 tan 45 0 1
15 3 3 2 5
30 4 2 3 5 2
csc30 0 2 csc 60 0 csc 45 0 2
15 2 3 2 5
30 2 3 4 5 2
sec 30 0 sec 60 0 2 sec 45 0 2
15 3 3 2 5
15 3 5
cot 30 0 3 2 3 cot 45 0 1
15 cot 60 0 5
2 3 3
2 2
c. sin 2 60 0 cos2 60 0
2
3 1 2 3 1
Solution: sin 60 cos 60 sin 2 60 0 cos2 60 0
2 0 2 0
2 2 4 4
sin 60 cos 60 1
2 0 2 0
2 tan 30 0 sin 2 45 0
d.
5 cos30 0
2
3 2
2
2
2 tan 30 sin 45 3
0 2 0
Solution:
5 cos30 0
3
5
2
2 3 2
2 tan 30 sin 45
0 2 0
3 4
0
5 cos30 5 3
2
2 3 1 2
3 2 5 3
4 3 3 2
5 3
6
4 3 3 3
15 3 3
2 tan 30 0 sin 2 45 0 12 3 3 4 3
0
5 cos30 45 15
b. 3 csc 25 0
1
Solution: By using a scientific calculator in degree mode, press 3 x , the result is
sin 25
7.098604749.
2 1
c. cos tan
3 3
Solution: By using a scientific calculator in radian mode, press cos ((2 3) x ) – tan
1 2 3
((1 3) x ) =, the result is or -2.232050808.
2
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Given the figures below, determine the trigonometric ratios involving 30˚, 60˚
& 45˚ without the aid of a scientific calculator. Write your answers in a piece of paper or in MS
Word.
Part 2. Directions: Compute the numerical values of the following trigonometric ratios
involving special angles without the use of scientific calculator. Write your complete solutions
in a piece of paper or in MS Word.
1. 2 sin 45 sin 30
2 0 0
4. tan 30 2 sin 30
2 0 0
0 0
5. 2 sin 30 cos 60
Part 3. Directions: Compute the numerical values of the following trigonometric ratios
involving non-special angles ( is in radian measures) with the use of scientific calculator.
Write your complete solutions in a piece of paper or in MS Word.
2 2 5 tan 240 0 2 1
1. tan 3 sin 2. 2 0
sec
5 5 cos 330 5 3
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 29
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
3. In a 45 0 45 0 90 0 triangle, how long is the measure of each leg if the hypotenuse is 15 mm?
A. 15 mm
B. 15 2 mm
C. 15 3 mm
D. 30 mm
E. Cannot be determined
2
4. What is the exact value of 2 sin 60 0 tan 2 45 0 csc 30 0 ?
5
A. 0
5 3 1
B.
5
5 3 1
C.
5
1 5 3
D.
5
E. None of the choices
2 2
5. What is the approximate value of tan 3 sin in nearest hundredths ( is in radian
5 5
measure)?
A. 0.17
B. 0.18
C. 0.38
D. 0.39
E. None of the choices
There are expressions that involves the inverse trigonometric functions and these expressions
are important in solving the missing part/s of a right triangle as well as in solving trigonometric
equations.
A. Specific Objective
During and after doing this module, the students must have illustrated the inverse trigonometric
functions and solved problems related to right and oblique triangles.
B. Topic Content
Mathematics Concepts:
Solving a right triangle - finding the measures of the remaining side/s or angle/s. To find the
missing parts of a right triangle, we need to:
1. illustrate/sketch the triangle with correct labels according to the given;
2. use appropriate trigonometric ratio to solve a missing angle if sides are given or to solve a
missing side if an angle and another side are given;
3. use Pythagorean Theorem to solve a missing side if two sides are given; and
4. subtract an acute angle from 90˚ to find another acute angle.
Inverse Trigonometric Ratio – the ratio of 1 over a trigonometric ratio. This can be written in
1
the form or sin 1 or in the form arcsin which can be read as “the inverse of sine ”.
sin
o Arcsin = sin-1
o Arccos = cos-1
o Arctan = tan-1
o Arccot =
o Arccsc =
o Arcsec =
Illustration:
1. ABC is a right triangle with A as right angle, AB = 8 cm and BC = 17
cm. Find mB, mC & AC.
Solution: By sketching, we found out that the given are hypotenuse and one of
the legs. Since two sides are given, we can solve AC by using the Pythagorean
Formula:
c 2 a 2 b 2 17 2 8 2 ( AC ) 2 (By Substitution)
289 64 ( AC ) 2 (Simplifying Exponents)
225 ( AC ) 2 (APE)
225 ( AC ) 2 (Extracting Square Roots)
mL 30
mC 90 59.53
0 0
mC 30.47 0
5. ABC is a right triangle with A as right angle. AB = 8 cm and mB 4mC . Find
mB, mC , BC & AC.
Solution: We need to solve first the mB & mC by using the concept that
the sum of the two acute angles in a right triangle is 90˚.
Thus, mB mC 90 .
0
mB 72
0
(Closure)
To find the length of BC, we can use cosine ratio if B will be used.
8 8
cos B cos72 0 (Substitution)
BC BC
8
BC (MPE)
cos72 0
BC 25.89cm
To find the length of AC, we can use tangent ratio if B will be used.
AC AC
tan B tan 72 0 (Substitution)
8 8
8 tan 72 0 AC (MPE)
24.62cm AC
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Solve for the missing parts of each of the right triangles below. Write your
answers in a piece of paper or in your MS Word document.
Part 2. Directions: Solve the following problems by applying trigonometric ratios. Show your
solutions in a piece of paper or in your MS Word document.
1. ABC is a right triangle with B as right angle. AB = 8 cm and mC 32 0 . Find
mA, BC & AC.
2. ABC is a right triangle with B as right angle. AB = 8 cm and AC = 20 cm. Find
mA, mB & BC.
3. RAC is a right triangle at A . AR = 18 cm and AC = 18√ . Find mR, mC & RC.
4. CIT is a right triangle with mTCI 90 0 . CI = 4 cm and mCIT 72 0 . Find
mCTI , CT & IT .
5. ABC is an equilateral triangle with side AB = 8 cm. An altitude AD is drawn such that
D lies on BC . Find mCAD, mBAD, AD, CD & BD.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to have
your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance with the
standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size, and Times
New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before uploading in G.
Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of your output and
organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 30
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of the
correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2 points will
be given per item).
2 2
1. If sin x , what is the exact value of arcsin ?
5 5
2
A.
5
2
B.
5
C. 2
D. 5
E. 10
2. Which of the following illustrates a triangle with arctan x units?
6
A. D.
B. E.
C.
3. CIT is a right triangle with mT 90 . If CI = 4 cm and IT 6 cm, what is the measure of
0
4. If mABC 38.910 and BAC is a right angle in ABC , what is the measure of angle ACB?
A. 38.910
B. 51.09 0
C. 90 0
D. 910
E. Cannot be measured.
A. Specific Objectives
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have solved real – life problems by
applying the right triangle.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts:
Angle of Elevation – the angle formed from the horizontal line of sight of the observer to the
object above.
Angle of Depression – the angle formed from the horizontal line of sight of the observer to the
object below.
Line of Sight – an imaginary line that connects the eye of an observer to the object viewed.
To solve real-life problems involving right triangle, we simply:
1. Draw or illustrate the problem using the figure of a right triangle;
2. Label the right triangle with the given data; and
3. Apply appropriate trigonometric ratio to solve what is asked in the problem.
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 340
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Examples:
1. Given the figures below, identify the angle of elevation or angle of depression and the line of
sight.
a. b.
Answers:
2. Illustrate the each of the situation below by using the concepts of angles of elevation and
depression. Label your illustration properly.
a. Cardo is at the base of a building and wishes to know the height of the building. He walks 90 ft
from the base of the building and from that point, he uses a mirror to measure the angle of elevation of
the top of the building and it is 70˚.
Illustration:
b. Onyok is lying on the top of a 100 – ft tower to spot the incoming barge and to find out how far
is the barge from his position. He finds out that the angle of depression of the front of the barge is 48˚.
Illustration:
Solution:
By illustration, h is the opposite side of 70˚ and 90 is the adjacent side. Then, by tangent ratio
h
tan 70 0 90 tan 70 0 h h 247.27 ft
90
b. Onyok is lying on the top of a 100 – ft tower to spot the incoming barge. He finds out that the
angle of depression of the front of the barge is 48˚. How far is the barge from his position?
Solution:
From the sketch, we found out that the opposite side of the right triangle (48˚) is 100 ft and d is
the adjacent side because the figure is a rectangle. By tangent ratio, we have
100 100
tan 48 0 d d 90.04 ft.
d tan 48 0
c. Two men with heights 1.5 m and 1.2 m are standing on the opposite sides of a pole. From their
positions, they measure the angles of elevation of the top of the pole as 20˚ and 35˚, respectively. If the
pole is 25 m, how far is the distance between them?
Solution:
By the illustration above, we need to find the distance between them (D3) as required by the
23.5 23.8
problem. By the tangent ratios, tan 20 & tan 35 0
0
D1 D2
23.5 23.8
D1 0
D1 64.57 m & D2 D2 33.99m
tan 20 tan 35 0
Therefore, D3 64.57m 33.99m 98.56m .
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Given the situations below, illustrate each and label your illustration properly.
Write your answers in a piece of paper or in your MS Word document.
1. The angle of elevation to the top of a flagpole is 600 from a point 48 ft. from the base of the
flagpole.
2. A man 1.65 m tall found out that the angle of elevation of the top of a mango tree was 30⁰.
3. When the kite is 120 ft. high, it makes an angle of 30⁰ with the level ground.
4. Two military barracks A&B are opposite of each other. From their locations, they found out
that the angles of elevation of the plane which is 5000 ft. above the ground are 30⁰ and 45⁰,
respectively.
5. A coming barge was noticed by a coastguard lying on a 100 ft. high bridge. The angle of
depression of the front of the barge is 45⁰ and the angle of depression on the rear of the
barge is 30⁰.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to
have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance
with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size,
and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before
uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of
your output and organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 31
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of
the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2
points will be given per item).
1. The angle of elevation to the top of a flagpole is 600 from a point 48 ft. from the base of the
flagpole. How high is the flagpole?
A. 48 3 ft
B. 48 ft
C. 24 3 ft
D. 24 ft
E. None of the choices
2. A man 1.65 m tall found out that the angle of elevation of the top of a mango tree was 30⁰. If a
man is 5 m away from the mango tree that time, how high (rounded to the nearest hundredths) is
the mango tree in meters?
A. 6.65 m
B. 5.65 m
C. 5 m
D. 4.54 m
E. None of the choices
3. When the kite is 120 ft. high, it string makes an angle of 30⁰ with the level ground. How long is
the string used for the kite at this height?
A. 240 ft
B. 120 ft
C. 60 ft
D. 30 ft
E. None of the choices
4. Two military barracks A&B are opposite of each other. From their locations, they found out that
the angles of elevation of the plane which is 5000 ft. above the ground are 30⁰ and 45⁰,
respectively. How far (rounded to the nearest ft) are the barracks from each other?
A. 13660 ft
B. 10000 ft
C. 7887 ft
D. 5000 ft
E. None of the choices
5. A coming barge was noticed by a coastguard lying on a 100 ft. high bridge. The angle of
depression of the front of the barge is 45⁰ and the angle of depression on the rear of the barge is
30⁰. How long is the barge (rounded to the nearest ft)?
A. 173 ft
B. 100 ft
C. 73 ft
D. 50 ft
E. None of the choices
A. Specific Objective:
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have shared ideas on the derivations
of Sine and Cosine Laws and solved problems related to oblique triangles.
B. Topic Content:
Mathematical Concepts:
Oblique Triangles – triangles without right angle.
Let ∆ABC be any classification of ∆. The sides of ∆ABC are proportional to the sines of the
opposite angles.
LAW OF SINES
sin A sin B sin C a b c
or
a b c sin A sin B sin C
where a, b and c are sides and A, B and C are angles in degrees.
Derivation:
Let be an obtuse triangle with C as the obtuse angle and
CD as the altitude.
h
From , sin A h b sin A .
b
h
From , sin B h a sin B .
a
sin A sin B
Therefore, b sin A a sin B .
a b
sin A sin C sin C sin B
In a similar way, we can derive or by simply interchanging the vertices.
a c c b
Note:
1. The Law of Sines can take any of the following forms:
b sin A c sin A
a or a
sin B sin C
a sin B c sin B
b or b
sin A sin C
a sin C b sin C
c or c
sin A sin B
2. When the two angles of a ∆ are given along with one side, first find the third angle and apply
Law of Sines to find the other two sides.
Example:
Solution: y 92 0 38 0 180 0 (Angle Sum of a Triangle)
y 180 92 38
0 0 0
(APE)
y 50 0 (Closure)
12 sin 38 0 12 sin 50 0
x ; z (Property of Proportion)
sin 92 0 sin 92 0
x 7.39cm ; z 9.20cm (Simplifying Fraction)
3. Law of Sines can be used in solving a ∆ with
a. one side and 2 angles are given or
b. two sides and one angle opposite one of these sides are given.
Examples:
1.
2.
The Ambiguous Case – case in triangle when two sides and a non-included angle are given.
Case 1. When the given angle is obtuse
a. No triangle can be drawn if the side opposite the given angle is less than the other given side.
b. Only one triangle can be formed if the side opposite the given angle is greater than the other
given side.
b. Only one triangle can be formed if the side opposite the given acute angle is greater than the
other given side.
For any ∆ABC with sides a, b and c opposite to the angles A, B and C, then
a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A
b2 = a2 + c2 – 2ac cos B
c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C
Derivation:
y x
By the trigonometric ratio, sin A y b sin A and cos A x b cos A.
b b
d ( x 2 x1 ) 2 ( y 2 y1 ) 2 (Distance Formula)
In similar way, we can derive the lengths of b and c by switching the vertices B to A for b and vertices
C to A for c.
Examples:
1. Solve for the missing parts of the triangles below.
a.
Solution:
c a 2 b 2 2ab cosC (Law of Cosine)
c 12 8 2(12)(8) cos138
2 2 0
(Substitution)
c 144 64 192 cos138 0 (Simplifying Exponents/Closure)
c 208 142.6838065 (Closure)
c 18.73
sin A sin 138 0
(Law of Sine/Substitution)
12 18.73
12 sin 138 0
sin A (MPE)
18.73
12 sin 138 0
mA sin 1 (Inverse of Trigonometric Ratio)
18.73
mA 25.39 0 (Simplifying arcsine)
mB 180 0 138 0 25.39 0 (Angle Sum of /APE)
mB 16.610 (Closure)
b.
Solution:
a 2 b 2 c 2 2bc cos A (Law of Cosine)
12 2 8 2 18 2 2(8)(18) cos A (Substitution)
2(8)(18) cos A 8 2 18 2 12 2 (APE)
288 cos A 64 324 144 (Closure/Simplifying Exponents)
288 cos A 244 (Closure)
244
cos A (MPE)
288
244
mA cos1 (Inverse of Trig. Ratio)
288
mA 32.09 0 (Simplifying the arccosine)
sin 32.09 0 sin B
(Law of Sine/Substitution)
12 8
8 sin 32.09 0
sin B (MPE)
12
8 sin 32.09 0
mB sin 1 (Inverse of sine)
12
mB 20.74 0 (Simplifying arcsine)
mC 180 0 32.09 0 20.74 0 (Angle Sum of /APE)
mC 127.17 0 (Closure)
b. The diagonal of a parallelogram is 12.8 cm long and forms angles of 300 and 880 with the sides.
Find the dimensions of the parallelogram.
Solution: By sketching, law of sine is applicable.
c. The minute hand of a clock is 2.5 cm and the hour hand is 1.2 cm long. How far apart are the
tips of the hands of the clock at exactly 1:00 PM?
Solution: By sketching, the law of cosine is the best solution.
Before using the law of cosine, we need to find the value of . By analyzing a clock, the measure of the
360 0
30 0 . Thus, 30 .
0
angle between the consecutive numbers is
12
d (2.5) 2 (1.2) 2 2(2.5)(1.2) cos 30 0
d 1.58cm . Therefore, the tips of the hands of the clock at exactly 1:00 PM are approximately
1.58 cm.
d. A surveyor is standing at point S. A pole at point P is 200 m away from the surveyor in a
direction 580 West of North. Another pole at point T is 176 m away from the surveyor in a direction 37 0
East of North. How far is the first pole from the second pole?
Solution: By sketching, the law of cosine is the best option.
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Given the figures below, use the law of sines or law of cosines to find the
missing parts of each triangle. Write your answers in a piece of paper.
Part 2. Directions: Solve each given the conditions below. Write your complete
solutions and answers in a piece of paper.
1. mB 50 0 , a 13cm & b 18cm
2. mA 150 0 , a 13cm & b 8cm
3. mA 32 0 , mB 710 & c 28.05cm
4. mB 50 0 , mC 58 0 & c 12.36cm
5. mB 50 0 , a 40cm & c 32cm
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t forget to
have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in accordance
with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents, 12 Font size,
and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format before
uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear photos of
your output and organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 31
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of
the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2
points will be given per item).
1. For a 30 ft ladder to reach a certain roof, it must make an angle of 65˚ with the ground. Find
the angle (to the nearest hundredths) that a 40 ft ladder must make with the ground to reach
the same roof.
A. 30.00 0
B. 40.50 0
C. 42.82 0
D. 45.82 0
E. None of the choices
2. In BSU, BS 12in , mSBU 45 & mSUB 65 . Find the measures of the two sides
0 0
3. Parks L, M and I are on the same city. Park I is 3,000 m away and 48˚ West of North of
Park L. Park M is 1,800 m due East of Park L. How far (to the nearest meters) is Park M
from Park I?
A. 3000 m
B. 4502 m
C. 4800 m
D. 5000 m
E. None of the choices
4. The angle of elevation of the top of City Hall is measured to be 12.34˚. After moving 1.2
km closer, it is found to be 16.25˚. Find the height of the City Hall to the nearest
hundredths.
A. 4.81 km
B. 4.50 km
C. 3.81 km
D. 1.05 km
E. None of the choices
5. Each side of a regular pentagon is 10 cm. How long is the length of its apothem to the
nearest hundredths (an altitude from the center to the side of the polygon)?
A. 6.55 cm
B. 6.88 cm
C. 6.89 cm
D. 7.35 cm
E. 10.00 cm
Module 9. INEQUALITIES
Do you know why do we have problems in life? Most of the people claimed that life is NOT
fair in this material world because of inequality, unfairness, selfishness, earthly desires, or in totality,
our SINS. We experienced many injustices due to inequality of resources and inequality in all aspects
of earthly lives. However, we are endlessly hoping for eternal life in our Almighty Creator’s spiritual
world where equality and abundance of blessings are evident. The big question is, how and when we
can get there? Are you eager to experience eternal joy with our Loving Father or will you stay in this
world to endure life’s inequality?
On the other hand, studying algebra involves algebraic inequality. Solving these inequalities is a
big challenge that will strengthen our will power and positive attitudes towards overcoming struggles
and challenges. It will make us critical thinkers and creative individuals in making solutions to existing
and forthcoming problems. Thus, in this module, let us enjoy and be determined to learn how to solve
inequalities.
Lesson 1. Introduction
We can perform two operations, the addition and multiplication on the elements of the set of
real numbers and these operations can satisfy certain properties such as closure, commutative,
associative, distributive, identity, and inverse. Thus, we can say that the set of real numbers is a field.
In this lesson, we will be exploring some axioms, definitions, and theorems related to real numbers
including inequality.
A. Specific Objective:
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have familiarized the axioms,
definitions, and theorems related to equations and inequalities.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts
Inequality – an algebraic expression containing one of the following symbols: < (less than); >
(greater than); (less than or equal to); (greater than or equal to); and (not equal to).
2y3 4y
o Examples: 2 x 3 5; sin x x 2; ey
ln y
Order Axiom. In the set of real numbers, there exists a subset called the set of positive numbers
such that:
i. If r is a real number, then exactly one of the following holds TRUE:
r = 0, r > 0, -r > 0;
Examples:
1. If r = 8, then 8 > 0.
2. If r = 0, then 0 = 0.
3. If r = -8, then –(-8) > 0.
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 358
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
For x - y > 0.
x– y >0 Given
x>y x > y if and only if x – y > 0 (Definition 2)
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 359
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
For x – y < 0.
x–y<0 Given
x<y x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
Examples:
1. Given the real numbers 4 and -2, 4 > -2 or -2 < 4.
2. If c and d are real numbers, then c = d, c > d, or c < d.
Theorem 1. Let x and y be real numbers such that x < y.
i. If c is any real number, then x + c < y + c (Addition Property of Inequality); and
ii. If c is a positive number, then xc < yc & if c is a negative number, then xc > yc
(Multiplication Property of Inequality).
Proof:
Since x < y, we have y – x > 0 by the previous definition (Definition 2).
i. y–x>0 x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
y – x = (y + c) – (x + c) Rewriting y – x
(y + c) – (x + c) > 0 Substitution
y+ c > x + c or x+c < y +c x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
ii. Suppose c > 0 and y – x > 0 by x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2) then
(y – x) c > 0 Order Axiom
(y – x) c = yc – xc Distributive
yc – xc > 0 Substitution
xc < yc x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
Note: The proof of the statement: ― If c is a negative real number, then xc > yc‖ will be left as an
exercise.
Examples:
1. If x > -1, then x +1 > 0.
2. If 5 + d < -2, then d < -7.
3. If x > -1, then 2x > -2.
4. If x > -1, then -2x < 2.
Theorem 2 (Transitive Property). Let x, y, z be real numbers such that x < y and y < z. Then x
< z.
Proof:
x < y; y < z Hypothesis
y – x > 0; z – y > 0 x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
(y – x) + (z – y) > 0 Order Axiom
-x + z + y – y > 0 Commutative Property
-x + z + 0 > 0 Additive Inverse
-x + z > 0 Identity Property
x<z x < y if and only if y – x > 0 (Definition 2)
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 360
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
Examples:
1. If 2 > x and x> f, then 2 > f.
2. If y < 4 and 4 < m, then y < m.
Question/Reflection Section:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
An inequality states that two algebraic expressions are not equal in a particular way and this can
be expressed in terms of greater than (>), less than (<), greater than or equal to ( ), less than or equal
to ( ), or not equal to ( ). N this lesson, we will explore how to find the solution or solutions of
inequalities in one variable with nth degree polynomial expression and or with rational expressions.
A. Specific Objective:
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have:
1. differentiated equalities from inequalities, and polynomial inequalities from rational
inequalities;
2. solved various polynomial and rational inequalities; and
3. appreciated the use of interval notation in showing solutions of an inequality.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts
Polynomial Inequality in One Variable. This refers to two polynomial expressions with
one variable (i.e. x) of nth degree that are not equal. It could be >, <, , , or .
Examples:
1. 2 x 4 x 3
2. 4 x 2 5 x 1 5x
3. (2 x 1)( x 3) (3 x) x
Rational Inequality. This refers to two rational expressions with one variable (i.e. x) that
are not equal. It could be >, <, , , or .
Examples:
2 3x
1.
x4 x5
2023 x 3 ( x 2 2020 )(2004 x) 2022
2. 0
x 2 2023 2
x 3 2x 1
3.
x2 1 x
Domain of Inequality. The domain of inequality is the set of real number for which both
sides of inequality are defined. Since the polynomial inequality has no variable in the
denominator and no variable in the radicand, then its domain is a set of real numbers.
Examples:
1. Find the domain of 4 x 2 5 x 1 5x .
Answer: D x / x
2. ( x 2) x 3 2 x 2 4 x
Answer: D x / x
2023 x 3 ( x 2 2020 )(2004 x) 2022
3. 0
x 2 2023 2
Answer: Since the given is a rational inequality with x 2 2023 2 , then x 2 2023 2 0 .
x 2 2023 2 0
x 2 2023 2
x 2 2023 2
x 2023
Therefore, D x / x \ 2023
x 3 2x 1
4.
x2 1 x
Answer: Since the given is a rational inequality with x 2 1 & x as denominators, then
x2 1 0 & x 0 .
x2 1 0
x 2 1
x 2 1
x 1 Since 1 are imaginary numbers then the only value of x that will
make the inequality undefined is 0.
Therefore, D x / x \ 0
Solution. This refers to any members in the domain of a variable for which the inequality is
TRUE after substitution into the variable.
Examples:
1. ( x 2) x 3 2 x 2 4 x; 0 is a solution because
( x 2) x 3 2 x 2 4 x
(0 2)0 3 2(0 2 ) 4(0)
0 0 TRUE
x 2x 1
3
2. ; 1 is a solution because
x2 1 x
x 3 2x 1
x2 1 x
13 2(1) 1
12 1 1
1
1 TRUE
2
Solution Set. This refers to the set of all solutions of the inequality.
Examples:
1. The solution set of 2 x 2 x 5 is x 3 or x ...,2,1,0,1,2.
2 3 9
2. The solution set of is x 5 & x 33 .
x 5 2x 9 2
Absolute Inequality. This refers to the inequality with solution set equal to its domain of the
variable.
Examples:
1. 2 x 2 2 x 5
2. x 2 0
x2 6
3. 0
x2 2
Conditional Inequality. This refers to the inequality with at least one member in its domain
of the variable that is NOT in its solution set.
Examples:
1. ( x 2) x 3 2 x 2 4 x;
x 3 2x 1
2.
x2 1 x
3. 2 x 4 5
Compound Inequality. This refers to the inequality that contains 2 simple inequalities
connected with ―and‖ or ―or‖. Its solution can be an interval of real numbers that does not
involve infinity, a bounded interval of real numbers.
Examples:
1. 2 x 2 5x 5 x 6
x 3 2x 1
2. 2x 1
x2 1 x
Interval Notation. This refers to a way of writing the solution set of a conditional
inequality.
Set Builder Notation Interval Notation Type/Meaning
(c is constant)
x x c c, Open, c is excluded.
x x c , c Open, c is excluded.
x x c c, Half open or half closed, c is
included.
x x c , c Half open or half closed, c is
included.
x x or set of real numbers , Open
5. Decide for the interval/s that give/s the correct signs and finalized the solution set.
Guide:
For a polynomial inequality with >, the sign of the result is +.
For a polynomial inequality with <, the sign of the result is -.
For a polynomial inequality with , the sign of the result is +.
For a polynomial inequality with , the sign of the result is -.
Examples:
1. Solve the inequality: x 2 x 6 .
Solution:
Step 1. x2 x 6
x2 x 6 0
Step 2. ( x 3)( x 2) 0
x 3; x 2 Thus, the critical numbers are -3 and 2.
Step 3. Intervals: ,3; 3,2; 2,
(These must be in order).
Step 4.
,3 3,2 2,
( x 3) - + +
( x 2) - - +
( x 3)( x 2) + - +
Explanation:
To determine the signs in the first interval, use x = -4 and substitute this to the
first factor and second factor.
( x 3) 4 3 1
( x 2) 4 2 6
To determine the signs in the second interval, use x = 0 and substitute this to the
first factor and second factor.
( x 3) 3 0 3 3
( x 2) 0 2 2
To determine the signs in the third interval, use x = 3 and substitute this to the
first factor and second factor.
( x 3) 3 3 3 6
( x 2) 3 2 1
To determine the signs in the polynomial row, simply observe the rules in
multiplication of signed numbers.
Note: You may use any values of x that is included in the formulated interval.
Step 5. Since the inequality is <, then only the interval (3,2) with – sign as the final
result fits the inequality. Thus, the solution set is (3,2) .
1st factor x 1
2nd factor (3x 7) 3(1) 7 4
3rd factor ( x 1) 1 1 2
7
To determine the sign for the fourth interval , , use x 3 because 3 is on
3
7
the interval , ,
3
1st factor x3
2nd factor (3x 7) 3(3) 7 2
3rd factor ( x 1) 3 1 4
To determine the signs for the last row with x(3x 7)( x 1) , simply multiply the
signs per column.
Step 5. Since the sign of the original inequality is , then we will use the
7
intervals with + signs. Thus, the solution set is 1,0 , .
3
3. Solve the inequality: 6 x 2 5 x 1 3x 3 5 x 2 x 1
Solution:
Since the given inequality is a compound inequality, we need to separate this
into two inequalities, solve these one at a time, and take the intersection of their
solution sets.
Step 1. 6 x 2 5 x 1 & x 1 3x 3 5 x 2 x 1
1st Inequality: 6 x 2 5 x 1 2nd Inequality: x 1 3x 3 5x 2 x 1
6x 2 x 6 0 3x 3 5 x 2 2 x 0
Step 2. 6 x 2 x 6 0 cannot be factored. We need to find the zeros of this
function. By the quadratic formula, we have
(1) (1) 2 4(6)( 6)
x
2(6)
1 145
x Thus, 6x 2 x 6 0 can be rewritten into
12
1 145 1 145 1 145 1 145
x x 0 and its critical values are and .
12 12 12 12
For 3x 3 5x 2 2 x 0 , we have
x(3x 2 5 x 2) 0
1
x(3x 1)( x 2) 0 Thus, the critical numbers are -2, 0, and .
3
1 145 1 145
Step 3. For 6 x 2 5 x 1 or x x
0 , the intervals are
12 12
1 145 1 145 1 145 1 145
, , , ,& , .
12 12 12 12
1 1
For x(3x 1)( x 2) 0 , the intervals are (,2), (2,0), (0, ),&( ,) .
3 3
Step 4. For 6 x 5 x 1
2
Step 5. Since the first inequality 6 x 2 5 x 1 has , we will use the interval/s with the
1 145 1 145
result/s – sign/s. Thus, its solution set is , . On the other inequality
12 12
x(3x 1)( x 2) 0 , we will use the interval/s with the result/s + sign/s. Thus, ist solution set is
1
(2,0) , . Taking the intersection of the solution sets of the first and second inequality, we
3
have
5. Decide for the interval/s that give/s the correct signs and finalized the solution set.
Guide:
For a polynomial inequality with >, the sign of the result is +.
For a polynomial inequality with <, the sign of the result is -.
For a polynomial inequality with , the sign of the result is +.
For a polynomial inequality with , the sign of the result is -.
Examples:
2 3
1. Solve the inequality: .
2x 5 x 9
Solution:
2 3
Step 1.
2x 5 x 9
2 3
0
2x 5 x 9
2( x 9) 3(2 x 5)
0
(2 x 5)( x 9)
2 x 18 6 x 15
0
(2 x 5)( x 9)
4 x 33
0
(2 x 5)( x 9)
4 x 33
Step 2. 0 (2 x 5)( x 9) 0
(2 x 5)( x 9)
4 x 33 0 2 x 5 0; x 9 0
5
4 x 33 x ; x 9 (Excluded)
2
33
x (Included)
4
5 33
Therefore, the critical numbers are 9, ,& .
2 4
5 5 33 33
Step 3. The intervals are ,9, 9, , , ,& , .
2 2 4 4
Step 4.
,9 5 5 33 33
9, , 4 ,
2 2 4
4 x 33 + + + -
2x 5 - - + +
x9 - + + +
4 x 33 + - + -
(2 x 5)( x 9)
5
Step 5. Since the inequality has , then we will use the intervals 9, &
2
33
4 , because these intervals had - resulting signs. Therefore, the solution set is
5 33
9, , .
2 4
Note: To determine the resulting sign (last row), multiply the first 3 signs and divide it by the fourth
sign per column or per interval.
Step 5. Since the inequality has , we will use the interval/s with + resulting sign/s.
Therefore, the solution set is 2023,0 2023, .
x 3 2x 1
3. Solve the inequality: 2x 1
x2 1 x
Solution:
x 3 2x 1
Step 1. 2x 1
x2 1 x
x3 2x 1 x3 2x 1
1st Inequality: 2 0
x 1 x x2 1 x
1 1
2nd Inequality: 2x 1 2x 1 0
x x
( x 2 x) x 1( x 2 1)
3
st
Step 2. 1 Inequality: 0
x( x 2 1)
x 4 2x 2 x 2 1
0
x( x 2 1)
x 4 3x 2 1
0
x( x 2 1)
x 4 3x 2 1 0
To solve for the zeros of this function, we let x 2 u & x 4 u 2 .
So, x 4 3x 2 1 0 can be transformed into u 2 3u 1 0 . Solving for u using the
quadratic formula, we have
(3) (3) 2 4(1)( 1)
u
2(1)
3 13
u
2
Then, we need to solve for x by using x 2 u .
3 13
x2
2
3 13
x ; (included) Thus, we can rewrite x 3x 1 0 into
4 2
2
x 3 13 x 3 13 0 .
2 2
We need to determine the value of x to make the first inequality undefined. So,
x( x 2 1) 0
x 0; x 2 1 0 x 1 Since x 1 are imaginary, then the
only critical number is 0.
3 13 3 13
Therefore, the critical numbers for the 1st inequality are ,0,&
2 2 .
1
For the 2nd inequality 2 x 1 0 , we have
x
1
2x 1 0
x
x 2x 2 x 0
2x 2 2x 0
2 x( x 1) 0 x 0 & x 1
Therefore, the critical numbers of the 2nd inequality are 0 and 1.
Step 5. Since the 1st inequality has symbol, then the solution/s are the interval/s with – result/s.
3 13 3 13
Therefore, the solution set for the 1st inequality is , 0, . On the otherhand,
2 2
the 2nd inequality has < symbol and we will be using the interval/s with – result/s. Therefore, the
solution set for the 2nd inequality is (,0) (1,) .
Getting the intersection of these two solution sets, we have the final solution set is
, 3 13 1, 3 13 .
2 2
C. Drill
Part 1. Directions: Determine the critical numbers and intervals of the given inequalities below.
1. 5x 3 2 x 1
2. 3x 2 x 3 x 2
x 4 3x 7
3.
5 2
2x 2 2
4.
x2 2 x 1
5.
x 45 (5 x)100 0
5 x(2 x 5) 30
6. x 2 ( x 2) 4 x 2 13 x 10
3x 7 3x 7 2
7.
x2 2 3x 2
2x 1
8. x 3 4 x 1
3x 2
x 3x 7 2
9.
x2 2x 1 x2
10. 3x x 5 3x 6 x 2 x 2 15 x 2
2 2
Part 2. Directions: Find the solution set of each of the inequalities given in Part 1. Express your
solution set in interval notation.
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in
accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents,
12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format
before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear
photos of your output and organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 33
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of
the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2
points will be given per item).
8 3 2
3. What is the solution set of the inequality ?
1 x x 2 3x 2
10
A. 1,
7
10
B. 1.
7
10
C. 1,
7
13 10
D. 2, 1,
9 7
13 10
E. 2, 1,
9 7
3 2 2x 2
4. What is the solution set of the inequality 2 ?
x x 1 x 2
A. ,3
B. 3,
C. ,3
D. 1,0 0, 2
E. None of the Choices
5. Which of the following inequalities will yield , as the solution set?
2
A. 2 0
x 4
2
B. 2 0
x 4
2
C. 2 0
x 4
2
D. 2 0
x 4
E. None of the choices
Some algebraic expressions contain absolute value. The absolute value of a real number is
defined as the distance between 0 and the number on the real line (Cabral, E. A., et. al., 2010). For
example, 5 5 5 because 5 and -5 are 5 units away from the origin 0. Thus, if x , then we
denote the absolute value of x by x and we use x y as the distance between the numbers x and y. In
this lesson, we will learn how to use this interpretation in finding the numbers x that satisfy the
equation and inequality containing the absolute value.
A. Specific Objectives:
During and upon reading and doing this module, you must have:
1. solved equations and inequalities involving the absolute value; and
2. appreciated the use of interval notation in showing solutions of an inequality.
B. Topic Content
Mathematical Concepts
Equation Involving Absolute Value. This refers to any mathematical statement with equal
sign and with absolute value symbol and with variable/s inside the absolute value symbol.
Example: 2 x 5 x 2
Inequality Involving Absolute Value. This refers to any mathematical statement with one of
the following inequality symbols , , , ,& and with absolute value symbol and with
variable/s inside the absolute value symbol. Example: 2 x 5 x 2
Solution set: ,2 2, (Note: This will be the domain for the
first condition of the absolute value where x 2 4 2 or x 2 2 is positive. For the second
condition x 2 4 2 or 6 x 2 , we use the domain (2,2) .)
x 2 2 if x 2 & x 2
Therefore, we have g ( x)
6 x if 2 x 2
2
a a
Theorem 2: Let a, b . Then i. ab a b , and ii. if b 0 .
b b
o Proof for i.
a, b Given
ab (ab) 2 Theorem 1 (above)
= (a ) 2 (b) 2 Law of Exponent
= ab Theorem 1 (above)
ab a b Transitive Property
o Proof for ii.
a, b Given
2
a a
Theorem 1 (above)
b b
a2
Law of Exponent
b2
a2
Law of Exponent
b2
a
Theorem 1 (above)
b
a a
Transitive Property
b b
Solution: x 2 2 x 11 11 means
x 2 2 x 11 11 ; x 2 2 x 11 11
For the first equation x 2 2 x 11 11 :
x 2 2 x 11 11 means
x 2 2 x 11 11 ; x 2 2 x 11 11
x 2 2 x 11 11 0 x 2 2 x 11 11 0
x 2 2 x 22 0 x 2 2x 0 0
a 1; b 2; c 22 x 2 2x 0
(2) (2) 2 4(1)( 22)
x x( x 2) 0
2(1)
2 4 88
x x 1 23 x 0; x 2
2
Thus, the possible solutions are 0,1 23 ,&2 .
x 2 2 x 11 11
(1 23 ) 2 2(1 23 ) 11 11
1 2 23 23 2 2 23 11 11
22 11 11
22 11 11
11 11
11 = 11 (True) Thus, 1 23 is a solution.
For x 1 23 ;
x 2 2 x 11 11
(1 23 ) 2 2(1 23 ) 11 11
1 2 23 23 2 2 23 11 11
22 11 11
22 11 11
11 11
11 = 11 (True) Thus, 1 23 is a solution.
For x 2 : x 2 2 x 11 11
(2) 2 2(2) 11 11
4 4 11 11
0 11 11
11 11
11 = 11 (True) Thus, 0 is a solution.
Therefore, the solution set for the equation x 2 2 x 11 11 is 1 23 ,0,1 23 ,2 .
Checking:
For x 1 ,
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x
2020 (1) (1) 2 2020 2(1)
2020 1 3 2020 2
2021 3 2018
2024 = 2018 (False) Thus, x 1 is not a solution.
For x 2019 ,
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x
2020 (2019 ) 2019 2 2020 2(2019 )
2020 2019 2021 2020 4038
4039 +2021 = 2018
6060 = 2018 (False) Thus, x 2019 is not a solution.
For x 2021 ,
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x
2020 (2021) 2021 2 2020 2(2021)
2020 2021 2023 2020 4042
4041 +2023 = 2022
6064 = 2018 (False) Thus, x 2021 is not a solution.
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2 x 2 x 1 .
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2 x 4038 x 2019
1
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 4 x 2 x
2
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2022 202 (False Equation)
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2022 2020 (False Equation)
1
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 4 x 2 x
2
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2 x 4038 x 2019
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x 2 x 2 x 1
1
Among the possible solutions, only x was not check.
2
1
Checking for x :
2
2020 x x 2 2020 2 x
1 1 1
2020 2 2020 2
2 2 2
2019.5+1.5=2021
1
2021 = 2021 (True). Therefore, x is the ONLY
2
SOLUTION.
o Proof 1 for i.
o Let a 0 . Then x a Given
o x x2 & x x Theorem 1 & Definition
o x2 a Substitution
o x a & x a Definition
o a x a MPI
o Proof 2 for i.
o Let a 0 . Then a x a Given
o x a 0; a x 0 Definition
o ax 0 Commutative
o (a x)(a x) 0 Order Axiom
o a2 x2 0 Product of sum and
difference of two terms
o a2 x2 API
o a2 x2 Extracting Square Roots
o a x Definition (Note: a 0 )
o x a Definition
o (Proof for ii – iv will be given as exercises)
2
3 3
, , ,3 & 3, for 2 x 3x 4 5
2
Intervals:
2 2
1 1
, , ,1 & 1, for 2 x 3x 4 5
2
2 2
3
,
3 3,
2 2 ,3
2x 3 - + +
x 3 - - +
(2 x 3)( x 3) 0 + - +
3
Thus, ,3 is the solution set for (2 x 3)( x 3) 0 .
2
1
,
1 1,
2 2 ,1
2x 1 - + +
x 1 + + -
(2 x 1)( x 1) 0 - + -
1
Thus, ,1 is the solution set for (2 x 1)( x 1) 0 .
2
3 1 3 1
Therefore, ,3 ,1 = , 1,3.
2 2 2 2
2 3 x 3x 19
1971
0?
Example 3.What is the solution set of the inequality
x 2005 x 2 1 ( x 1) 2000
Solution:
By the definition, we have
(2 3x)( x 1) 2000 (2 3x)( x 1) 2000
0 0
&
x 2005 x 2 1 3x 19 x 2005 x 2 1 3x 19
1971 1971
2 2
2 3x 0 x 2 3x 0 x
3 3
x 1 0 x 1
x0
x2 1 0 x
19
3x 19 0 x
3
2 19
Critical Numbers for the first and second inequalities: 1,0, ,& .
3 3
Intervals: ,1, 1,0, 0, , , , , .
2 2 19 19
3 3 3 3
,1 1,0 2 2 19 19
0, 3 , 3 ,
3 3
2 3x + + - - -
( x 1) 2000 + + + + +
x 2005 - - + + +
x2 1 + + + + +
(3x 19)1971 - - - - +
(2 3x)( x 1) 2000 + + + + -
0
x 2005 x 2 1 3x 19
1971
19 (2 3x)( x 1) 2000
Thus, , is the solution set for 2005 2 0.
3 x
x 1 3x 19
1971
,1 1,0 2 2 19 19
0, 3 , 3 ,
3 3
2 3x - - + + +
( x 1) 2000 + + + + +
x 2005 - - + + +
x2 1 + + + + +
(3x 19)1971 - - - - +
19
Therefore, the solution set is , .
3
C. Drill
Directions: Find the solution set of the given inequalities below. Express your solution set in
interval notation.
1. 2 x 3 4
2. 3 2 x 3 48
2x 3
3. 4
x5
4. 2x 2 3 4
5. 2x 3 4
6. x 2 4x 4 2x 2 4
3
7. 4y 1
y2
8. 2 x 7 8 x 3
2x 3
9. 4
x5
2x 3 3
10.
2x 3 x 1
D. Evaluation
Directions: For Online class, upload your responses in our Google Classroom. Don’t
forget to have your own copy for your e-portfolio. For offline class, submit your work in
accordance with the standard protocol observed by the University. Use A4 size of documents,
12 Font size, and Times New Roman as Font style. Be sure to save your work as PDF format
before uploading in G. Classroom. For those who are writing in a piece of paper, get a clear
photos of your output and organize these in PDF format before uploading in our G. Classroom.
Exercises 34
Directions: Read, understand, and answer each of the following items by choosing the letter of
the correct answer. Write your answer in your answer sheet together with your solution. (2
points will be given per item).
3x 2 (5 x) 99
1. What is the solution set of 0?
(2 x 7) 2023
A. ,
7
B. , (5,)
2
7
C. , 5,
2
7
D. , 5,
2
E. None of the choices
8 3 2
3. What is the solution set of the inequality ?
1 x x 2 3x 2
10
A. 1,
7
10
B. 1.
7
10
C. 1,
7
13 10
D. 2, 1,
9 7
E. None of the Choices
3 2 2x 2
4. What is the solution set of the inequality 2 ?
x x 1 x 2
A. ,3
B. 3,
C. ,3
D. 1,0 0, 2
E. No Solution
3x 7 (4 2 x)101
5. What is the solution set of 0?
( x 5)100 ( x 2) 99
A. ,
7
B. ,2 (2,)
3
7
C. ,2 (2,)
3
7
D. ,2 2,
3
E. None of the choices
REFERENCES
Briggs, W., et. al. (2014). Calculus AP Edition. Pearson Education Inc. USA
Cabral, E. A., et. al. (2010). “Precalculus”. Ateneo de Manila University Press. Manila, Philippines
Cabral, E.A, De Lara – Tuprio, E.P., De las Peñas, M.N., Francisco, F.F., Garces, I.L., Marcelo, R.M.,
& Sarmiento, J.F. (2010). Precalculus. Ateneo de Manila University. Quezon City, Manila,
Philippines
Caras, M.S., et al. (2008). Modern Algebra. National Book Store, Mandaluyong City. Navotas Press,
Navotas City
Dacanay, C. C. & Marquez, R. L. (2014). Analytic Geometry Worktext. MaxCor Publishing House,
Daliva, R. C. (2016). Skillbook in Mathematics 9. DepEd Roxas City Division, Roxas City, Capiz.
Leithold, L. (2002). “The Calculus 7”. Pearson Education Asia Pte. Ltd. Philippines
Trigonometry IV”. Rex Printing Company, Inc. Quezon City, Manila, Philippines
Petilos, Gabino P., Ph. D. (2004). Simplified Algebra. Trinitas Publishing, Inc., Philippines
http://cms8.revize.com/revize/lakelandschools/schools/lakelandhigh/Math/Chapter05.pdf
http://impartingknowledgethroughnumbers.weebly.com/module-1-special-products-and-factors.html
http://mathonline.wikidot.com/the-axioms-of-the-field-of-real-numbers
http://ncert.nic.in/ncerts/l/gemp110.pdf
http://people.ku.edu/~k088m880/Math115/Chapter0203.pdf
http://www.algebralab.org/lessons/lesson.aspx?file=Algebra_FunctionsRelationsOperations.xml
http://www.algebralab.org/lessons/lesson.aspx?file=Algebra_poly_division.xml
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 391
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
http://www.jamesbrennan.org/algebra/numbers/real_number_system.htm
http://www.ltcconline.net/greenl/courses/152b/factoringratexpr/special.htm
http://www.ltcconline.net/greenl/courses/154/logexp/explogeq.htm
http://www.mesacc.edu/~scotz47781/mat120/notes/logarithms/solving/solving_log_eqns_intro.pdf
http://www.mesacc.edu/~scotz47781/mat120/notes/polynomials/multiplying/multiplying_poly.html#:~
:text=Remember%20that%20when%20you%20multiply,terms%20(if%20you%20can).&text=%
E2%80%93%205x%20%2B%207),Step%201%3A%20Distribute%20each%20term%20of%20th
e%20first%20polynomial%20to,term%20of%20the%20second%20polynomial.
http://www.montereyinstitute.org/courses/DevelopmentalMath/COURSE_TEXT2_RESOURCE/U11_
L2_T3_text_final.html
http://www-groups.mcs.st-andrews.ac.uk/~john/analysis/Lectures/L5.html
https://amsi.org.au/teacher_modules/Algebraic_expressions.html
https://amsi.org.au/teacher_modules/Algebraic_expressions.html
https://content.nroc.org/DevelopmentalMath.HTML5/U09L4T1/TopicText/en/textbook.html
https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-algebra/chapter/applications-of-exponential-and-
logarithmic-functions/
https://math.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Algebra/Book%3A_Intermediate_Algebra_(OpenStax)/01%3A
_Foundations/1.06%3A_Properties_of_Real_Numbers
https://math.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Algebra/Map%3A_College_Algebra_(OpenStax)/03%3A_Fun
ctions/3.03%3A_Domain_and_Range
https://math.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/PreAlgebra/Book%3A_Prealgebra_(Arnold)/03%3A_The_Fun
damentals_of_Algebra/3.02%3A_Evaluating_Algebraic_Expressions
https://math.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Precalculus/Book%3A_Precalculus_(StitzZeager)/6%3A_Expo
nential_and_Logarithmic_Functions/6.5%3A_Applications_of_Exponential_and_Logarithmic_F
unctions
https://math.libretexts.org/Courses/Borough_of_Manhattan_Community_College/MAT_206_Precalcul
us/3%3A_Polynomial_and_Rational_Functions_New/3.4%3A_Graphs_of_Polynomial_Function
https://mathinsight.org/exponential_function
https://ncert.nic.in/ncerts/l/gemp110.pdf
https://ncert.nic.in/ncerts/l/gemp110.pdf
https://opentextbc.ca/collegealgebraopenstax/chapter/graphs-of-logarithmic-functions/
https://oregonstate.edu/instruct/mth251/cq/FieldGuide/rational/lesson.html
https://owlcation.com/stem/How-to-Multiply-Polynomials-with-Examples
https://people.richland.edu/james/lecture/m116/functions/inverses.html
https://people.richland.edu/james/lecture/m116/logs/exponential.html
https://people.richland.edu/james/lecture/m116/logs/logs.html
https://sites.math.washington.edu/~hart/m524/realprop.pdf
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/dividingpolynomials.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/expfunctions.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/functiondefn.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/graphrationalfcns.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/inversefunctions.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/alg/solveexpeqns.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/calci/LogFcns.aspx
https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/classes/calci/trigfcns.aspx
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 393
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
https://www.analyzemath.com/expfunction/properties_exponential.html
https://www.ck12.org/section/functions-and-mathematical-models-of-analyzing-functions/
https://www.depednegor.net/uploads/8/3/5/2/8352879/math_learniners_module.pdf
https://www.intmath.com/exponential-logarithmic-functions/3-logarithm-laws.php
https://www.itl.nist.gov/div898/handbook/pmd/section8/pmd812.htm
https://www.jamesbrennan.org/algebra/numbers/real_number_system.htm;
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra/x2f8bb11595b61c86:exponential-growth-
decay/x2f8bb11595b61c86:exponential-vs-linear-growth/v/exponential-growth-
functions?utm_account=Grant&utm_campaignname=Grant_Math_Dynamic&gclid=EAIaIQobC
hMIvoyun7Ws6wIVgqmWCh13tgd1EAAYASAAEgL7VfD_BwE
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra/x2f8bb11595b61c86:exponential-growth-
decay/x2f8bb11595b61c86:exponential-vs-linear-growth/v/exponential-growth-
functions?utm_account=Grant&utm_campaignname=Grant_Math_Dynamic&gclid=EAIaIQobC
hMIvoyun7Ws6wIVgqmWCh13tgd1EAAYASAAEgL7VfD_BwE
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra/x2f8bb11595b61c86:functions
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra/x2f8bb11595b61c86:functions/x2f8bb11595b61c86:inver
se-functions-intro/a/intro-to-inverse-functions
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra2/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:logs/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:log-
intro/a/intro-to-logarithms?utm_account=Grant&utm_campaignname=Grant_Math_
Dynamic&gclid=EAIaIQobChMI-dbJxLys6wIVgTMqCh3XAw7bEAAYASAAEgIK-fD_BwE
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra2/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:logs/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:log-
prop/a/justifying-the-logarithm-properties?utm_account=Grant&utm_campaignname=
Grant_Math_Dynamic&gclid=EAIaIQobChMI6uqZ6L6s6wIVoNVMAh1zPwfbEAAYASAAEg
I-D_D_BwE
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 394
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra2/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:logs/x2ec2f6f830c9fb89:exp-eq-
log/a/solving-exponential-equations-with-logarithms?utm_account=Grant&utm_
campaignname=Grant_Math_Dynamic&gclid=EAIaIQobChMIjv7pwsCs6wIVBreWCh1oRgaN
EAAYASAAEgIqs_D_BwE
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra-home/alg-polynomials
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra-home/alg-polynomials/alg-synthetic-division-of-
polynomials/v/synthetic-division
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra-home/alg-polynomials/alg-special-products-of-
polynomials/v/special-products-of-polynomials-2
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra-home/alg-trig-
functions?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIj5nnrsas6wIVwMEWBR28cgNJEAAYASAAEgIjc_D_BwE&u
tm_account=Grant&utm_campaignname=Grant_Math_Dynamic
https://www.kristakingmath.com/blog/laws-of-logarithms
https://www.lcps.org/cms/lib4/VA01000195/Centricity/Domain/10878/m6OoO.pdf
https://www.math.uci.edu/~mfinkels/140A/Introduction%20and%20Logic%20Notes.pdf
https://www.mathcentre.ac.uk/resources/uploaded/mc-bus-loglaws-2009-1.pdf
https://www.mathcentre.ac.uk/resources/uploaded/mc-ty-polynomial-2009-1.pdf
https://www.mesacc.edu/~scotz47781/mat120/notes/divide_poly/long_division/long_division.html#:~:t
ext=Divide%20the%20term%20with%20the,bring%20down%20the%20next%20term.
https://www.onlinemathlearning.com/properties-real-numbers.html
https://www.purplemath.com/modules/solvelog2.htm
https://www.sccollege.edu/Faculty/AHauscarriague/Documents/Math%20180%20notes%20from%20D
arlene.pdf
https://www.siyavula.com/read/maths/grade-10/algebraic-expressions/01-algebraic-expressions-02
Rcdaliva 2020 Page 395
MATH 102: College and Advanced Algebra
https://www.slideserve.com/lucian/the-real-number-system
https://www.slideshare.net/jennytuazon01630/properties-of-real-numbers-109549064
https://www.sscc.edu/home/jdavidso/Math/Catalog/Polynomials/Polynomials.html
https://www.superprof.co.uk/resources/academic/maths/calculus/functions/piecewise-
functions.html#pe
https://www.superprof.co.uk/resources/academic/maths/calculus/functions/types-of-functions.html
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_6kS5dfX4kE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_EFygcaneu0
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=58d4Dw_I1p0
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8lT00iLntFc
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9tutJ5xrRwg
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fGThIRpWEE4
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gg6vUnElXqo
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KmuWR_LriQU
https://www2.math.uconn.edu/~stein/math109/Slides/math109-00.pdf
https://www2.math.uconn.edu/~stein/math109/Slides/math109-00.pdf
https://yoshiwarabooks.org/mfg/MathModels.html